A n n uA l R E P O R T 2 0 1 3
R
E
x
n
O
R
d
A
n
n
u
A
l
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
1
3
Rexnord is a growth-
oriented, multi-platform
industrial company with leading
market shares and highly trusted
brands that serve a diverse array
of global end markets. Our heritage
of innovation and specification has
allowed us to provide highly engineered,
mission critical solutions to customers
for decades and affords us the
privilege of having long-term, valued
relationships with market leaders.
We operate our company in a disciplined
way and the Rexnord Business System (RBS)
is our operating philosophy. Grounded in
the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS
creates a scalable, process-based framework
that focuses on driving superior customer
satisfaction and financial results by targeting
world-class operating performance throughout
all aspects of our business.
Our core values are Customer First, Integrity
in Everything We Do, Total Associate
Engagement, Continuous Improvement
and a Culture of Winning. Our goal is to
consistently create superior value for our
customers, shareholders and associates.
e x eC u t i v e o f f iC e r s
Todd A. Adams
President and Chief Executive Officer
Mark W. Peterson
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Praveen R. Jeyarajah
Executive Vice President -
Corporate and Business Development
d i r eC t o r s
George M. Sherman (b) (c) (d)*
Non-Executive Chairman, Rexnord
Todd A. Adams (d)
President and CEO, Rexnord
Mark S. Bartlett (a)*
Retired Partner, Ernst & Young LLP
Laurence M. Berg (b) (c)* (d)
Senior Partner, Apollo Management, LP
Thomas D. Christopoul (a)
Senior Managing Director,
Real Estate Group, Guggenheim Partners
Peter Copses (c)
Senior Partner, Apollo Management, LP
Damian J. Giangiacomo (b)* (d)
Managing Member, Nexus Consulting LLC
Steven Martinez
Senior Partner, Apollo Management, LP
John Stroup (a) (b)
President and CEO, Belden, Inc .
Committees of the Board
(a) Audit
(b) Compensation
(c) Nominating and Corporate Governance
(d) Executive
*Denotes Committee Chairman
C o n t e n t s
Letter to Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . 1
Business Platforms
Process & Motion Control . . . . 6
Water Management . . . . . . . . 7
Financial Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
F e l l o w
S h a r e h o l d e rS
Fiscal 2013 was a record year for our company
commitment to creating value for our customers. During
in terms of sales and adjusted EBITDA.
fiscal 2013, we continued to advance and accelerate our
Internally, we’ve used the phrase “controlling the
controllable” to define our approach to executing our
strategy, which essentially sums up the way we have
operated the company over the past year. In spite of a
slower than expected global economy that affected several
of our key end markets and customers, our sales grew 3%
to a record $2.0 billion, adjusted EBITDA was a record $405
million, and cash flow from operations reached $145 million.
Operating income and adjusted EBITDA margins increased
in both of our platforms; our incremental margins were 31%
on the sales growth and free cash flow again exceeded net
income. Throughout the year, we responded to the realities
of a sluggish economic environment by smartly reducing
costs, protecting investments that will drive future growth,
and most importantly, taking care of our customers.
Overall, our businesses fundamentally outperformed the
competition as well as our served markets as a result of our
strategies that are focused on driving long-term growth
and profitability through innovation, globalization and
operational excellence, driven and executed through our
disciplined operating philosophy, the Rexnord Business
System. When we established our Fiscal 2013 financial
targets, we did not fully contemplate the magnitude of the
global industrial slowdown and the substantial decline in a
few of our served markets that occured over the past year.
Despite these meaningful market challenges, we had a
record year in terms of sales and adjusted EBITDA, which
is a testament to the dedication and effort by all of our
associates to continuously create superior value, year in
and year out. We begin our new fiscal year a more tested,
resilient company, with a brighter outlook in our served
markets, and believe we are positioned to deliver even
better results in the future.
1
C U S T o M e r F I r S T
competitive advantages even more sustainable. These
Customers choose to partner with us because of our deep
goals included driving greater content, preference and
market and application knowledge and our broad portfolio
specification of our products into new applications
of trusted brands and reliable products that perform under
with new and existing customers. Other goals focused
the most challenging conditions. We have earned the
on creating a greater level of vitality in our sales and
reputation of being “the industry expert” across a diverse
more deeply penetrating key vertical markets, as well
array of vertical markets. This is something we do not take
as improving our overall levels of profitability. Most
for granted and strive to live up to every day all over the
importantly, our plan included a number of goals based
world. As we look to the future, we believe that we can
on our customers’ needs such as greater global reach,
extend our competitive advantage within our platforms
improved engineering capability, better service levels
by taking action on what our customers want with market-
and enhanced ease of doing business.
based solutions that improve our customers’ reliability,
total cost of ownership and ultimately, their bottom line.
Four years ago, we established a number of internal
goals to measure our progress as we work to make our
Over the past four years, we have won hundreds of new
specifications for our products in our Process and Motion
Control (PMC) platform, and our specification share in
Water Management (WM) has improved dramatically.
22
Our overall vitality rates, defined as percentage of sales
from products introduced in the past five years, have moved
from the low single-digit range to the mid teens, with our
target being 25% over the next three years. In PMC, our
gross margins have expanded from 31% to 37% through
a combination of new product launches, a disciplined
approach around value-added, value-engineering (VAVE) to
eliminate waste, improving the functionality of our products
and lowering cost. In WM, our team transformed the Zurn
business and has it positioned to outperform the market
recovery that is projected over the next several years.
The cumulative progress we have made against these goals
is beginning to have an impact on our current results that we
believe will accelerate in the coming years.
M a r K e T F o C U S e d a N d
d I V e r S I F I e d B U S I N e S S
Whether it’s in the mining industry, food & beverage,
aerospace, non-residential construction or within the global
water infrastructure market, we want to solve the toughest
industry challenges and earn the right to serve market
leaders over the long term. There is also a reality that
certain of these end markets can be volatile and fall out
of favor from time to time.
As we look at our markets, the global demand for the
conveyance and processing of precious metals is increasing
as ore grades decline. The demand for fuel-efficient air
travel is accelerating at a rapid pace and the demand for
packaged food and beverages is increasing each year.
3
We believe we are in the early stages of a recovery in the
provider of aftermarket power transmission service that
non-residential construction markets we serve, following
expands our PMC business in several target markets. We
an unprecedented downturn over the past six years. Finally,
also marked the one-year anniversary of our acquisition of
the demand for clean water everywhere is a secular growth
VAG, a global leader in highly engineered valve and gate
trend that we are well positioned to capitalize on. Over
solutions for the water, wastewater and power generation
the past year, we’ve grown even more convinced that our
industries. VAG significantly expanded our global reach and
strategy can drive mid-single-digit core growth over a cycle,
is the foundation of a group focused on further expanding
while delivering 30+% incremental profit margins on that
our WM business. I’m confident that we can begin to more
growth and free cash flow in excess of net income. This
actively invest in acquisitions that extend the core in both
is all before acquisitions, which we expect will become
of our platforms, generating the cash flow required for
an increasingly important lever to create value for our
reinvestment to drive incremental growth. As we begin
customers and shareholders.
our new fiscal year, our primary industrial and water end
This year, we continued to invest in our long-term growth
with the acquisition of Cline, a premium, high-quality
markets have started to improve, and we expect they will
be more stable over the next two or three years than at any
time in the past ten. We believe we are well positioned
4
l E V E r a G E
P l at f o r M S
r o b uS t & Sc a l a b lE
b uS i nE S S S Y St E M
S u P E r i o r
V a l uE c rE at i o n
Multibillion dollar
Global M arKEtS
lEadinG MarKEt
PoSitionS and brandS
lonG-tErM
GroWt H PotE ntial
corE
GroWtH
incrEMEntal
MarGinS
acquiSitionS
cuStoMEr SatiS faction
aSSociatE EnGa GEMEnt
SuStainablE coMPEtitiVE
adV antaGE
SuPErior
frEE ca SH
floW
SHarEHoldE r rEturnS
to capitalize on this trend by providing superior service
I want to thank all of our customers, shareholders,
levels and customer satisfaction, and continuing to grow by
associates and partners for their support over the past
adding new products, markets, customers and geographies.
year and their confidence in the future of Rexnord.
The ongoing development and engagement of our 7,300
associates in implementing these strategies sets the stage
for a bright future for Rexnord, one we are all committed to
build upon in the coming year.
Todd A. Adams
President and Chief Executive Officer
5
P ro C e S S &
M o T Io N C oN Tro l
our Process & Motion control (PMc) platform designs, manufactures,
markets and services specified, highly engineered mechanical
components used within complex systems where our customers’
reliability requirements and the cost of failure or downtime are
extremely high.
The business benefits from a large installed product base that was built over
PMC’s 120+ year history. Our products are generally specified or requested by end
users as a result of their reliable performance in demanding environments, our
custom application capabilities and our ability to provide global customer support.
Combined with the installed base, this drives a like-for-like replacement model
as our products are consumed or worn in use. This predictable replacement cycle
has historically led to stable demand and a recurring and growing aftermarket
business. Rexnord leverages an extensive network of more than 2,300 distribution
locations and is a leading supplier to the industry’s largest distributors with long
and outstanding channel relationships.
P r o d U C T S & S e r V I C e S
Gears, couplings, industrial bearings, FlatTop and engineered chain, aerospace
bearings and seals, conveying equipment and specialty components, repair and
on-going service, Rexnord Innovation Center and Technical Services.
2 0 1 3 P M C S a l eS
63%
of Rexnord
Total Sales
2 0 1 3 P M C S a l eS
B y C h aN N e l
( a p p r o x i m a t e )
50%
Aftermarket
50%
OEM &
End Users
2 0 1 3 P M C S a l eS B y
d e S T I Na T Io N
15%
Europe
20%
Rest of
World
65%
North America
2 0 1 3 P M C S a l eS B y
e Nd M a rK e T
30%
General
Industrial
20%
Mining
16%
Food &
Beverage
4% Agriculture
3% Construction
Equipment
7% Energy
3% Cement &
Aggregates
4% Forest & Wood
13% Aerospace
6
WaT e r
M aN ag e M e N T
our Water Management (WM) platform designs, procures, manufactures
and markets products that provide and enhance water quality, safety,
flow control and conservation. Because our products are integral to
the safe distribution and treatment of water, they are project critical and
primarily specification driven. The WM platform serves a blue-chip customer
base through an extensive distribution network comprised of more than 1,100
sales representatives across 210 sales agencies, as well as 240 direct sales
and marketing associates in 18 countries.
We established the WM platform in 2007 with the acquisition of Zurn, a leader
across a diverse set of markets and products. We continued to build the platform
with three other acquisitions, most notably VAG Holding GmbH in 2011. Our leading
brands, broad product portfolio and strong global presence position us to benefit
from global growth trends in water, wastewater and power generation.
P r o d U C T S & S e r V I C e S
Specification drainage systems, sensor flush valves and faucets, backflow
prevention devices, pressure relief valves, sluice and slide gates, butterfly and
plug valves, control valves and actuation systems, and PEX piping.
2 0 1 3 W M S a l eS
37%
of Rexnord
Total Sales
2 0 1 3 W M S a l eS B y
e Nd M a rK e T
Residential
11%
27%
Non-Residential
Construction
Infrastructure
38%
24%
Water
Infrastructure
Non-Residential
Construction
Business/Commercial
2 0 1 3 W M S a l eS B y
d e S T I Na T Io N
16%
Europe
16%
Rest of
World
68%
North America
7
F I Na N C Ia l
H i gH l i gH t s
(dollars in millions)
Sales
Operating Income
Zurn PEX loss contingency
Adjusted Operating Income*
% of Sales
Adjusted EBITDA*1
% of Sales
Restructuring and other similar charges
Actuarial loss on pension plans
9
6
Acquisition fair value / Inventory adjustments —
FISCal
2013
FISCal
2012
groWTh
$2,005
$1,944
255
245
7
9
6
—
267
13.7 %
386
10
280
13.9 %
405
20.2 %
19.8 %
3%
4%
5%
5%
4%
Cash Flow from Operations
145
139
Net Debt*2
1,608
2,126
Net Debt / Adjusted EBITDA Ratio3
3.9 x
5.3 x
* Non-GAAP Financial Measures; see the inside back cover for further explanation.
1 Adjusted EBITDA as defined on page 38 of the Rexnord Fiscal 2013 Form 10-K.
2 Net Debt calculated as total debt less cash and cash equivalents.
3 Net Debt /Adjusted EBITDA ratio calculated as net debt divided by adjusted EBITDA pro forma for
acquisitions as permitted by our senior secured credit facilities and indenture that governs our notes.
2 0 1 3 S a l eS
B y S e gM e N T
2 0 1 3 S a l eS B y
d e S T I Na T Io N
37%
Water
Management
66%
North America
63%
Process &
Motion Control
16%
Europe
Sale S
(in millions)
Cagr 9%
$2,005
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
$0
$500
$1000
$1500
$2000
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)
adjUST ed e BITda*
(in millions)
Cagr 11%
$405
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
$0
$100
$200
$300
$400
* Non-GAAP Financial Measure. See the inside
back cover for further explanation.
CUMUla TIVe CaSh FloW
FroM oPeraTIoNS**
(in millions)
$1,141
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
11%
Asia/Rest
of World
7%
South
America
$0
$250
$500
$750
$1000
** Adjusted in 2007 and 2008 to exclude property
and business insurance recoveries; see the inside
back cover for further explanation.
8
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-35475
_________________________________________________
REXNORD CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
4701 West Greenfield Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
20-5197013
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
53214
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (414) 643-3739
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock $.01 par value
Name of Each Exchange of Which Registered
The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
__________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes
No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
No
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
No
As of September 29, 2012, the end of the Registrant's second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock (based upon the
$18.22 closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on September 28, 2012, the last trading date of that quarter) held by non-affiliates (excludes shares reported
as beneficially owned by then-current directors, executive officers and greater-than-5% stockholders - does not constitute an admission as to affiliate status) was
approximately $565.2 million.
As of May 15, 2013, there were 97,211,033 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the Proxy Statement for the Registrant's fiscal 2014 annual
meeting of stockholders, to be held on or about August 1, 2013, which proxy statement will be subsequently filed.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part I
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosure
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Part II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Part III
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Part IV
4
12
22
23
25
25
25
25
27
29
42
44
95
95
95
97
97
97
97
97
99
2
PART I
CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws that involve risks and
uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include statements we make concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies,
future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs and other information that is not historical
information and, in particular, appear in Items 1, 1A and 7 hereof. When used in this report, the words “estimates,” “expects,”
“anticipates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “plans,” “believes,” “foresees,” “seeks,” “likely,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,”
“goal,” “target” or “intends” and variations of these words or similar expressions (or the negative versions of any such words)
are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us
on the date of this report.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside of our
control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements,
including, among other things, the matters discussed in this report in the Items identified above. Some of the factors that we
believe could affect our results include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the impact of our substantial indebtedness;
the effect of local, national and international economic, credit and capital market conditions on the economy in
general, and on our customers and the industries in which we operate in particular;
our access to available and reasonable financing on a timely basis and the availability of financing for our
customers;
our competitive environment;
the loss of any significant customer;
general economic and business conditions, market factors and our dependence on customers in cyclical industries;
the seasonality of our sales;
increases in cost of our raw materials and our possible inability to increase product prices to offset such increases;
viability of key suppliers;
dependence on independent distributors;
the effects of reviews of strategic alternatives;
the costs related to strategic acquisitions or divestitures or the integration of recent and future acquisitions into our
business;
control by our principal stockholders and anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents;
changes in technology and manufacturing techniques;
loss of key personnel;
the costs of environmental compliance and/or the imposition of liabilities under environmental, health and safety
laws and regulations;
the costs of asbestos claims;
impact of weather on the demand for our products;
risks associated with international operations, which have increased in size due to our recent acquisitions;
inability to make necessary capital expenditures;
reliance on intellectual property;
potential product liability claims;
• work stoppages by unionized employees;
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in pension funding requirements and costs of maintaining healthcare insurance and benefits;
potential impairment of goodwill;
a declining construction market;
solvency of insurance carriers;
changes in governmental laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, including for
environmental matters; and
the other factors set forth herein, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” in Part I Item 1A.
3
There are likely other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results referred to in the forward-
looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us apply only as of the date of this report and are expressly
qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or
revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events, except as required by law.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
General
Rexnord Corporation (“Rexnord”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in 2006 in connection with the acquisition
by affiliates of the private equity firm Apollo Management, L.P. (“Apollo”) and certain members of management of RBS
Global, Inc. ("RBS Global"), which is the foundation of our Process & Motion Control platform, from its previous owners.
Since then, we have expanded significantly, including the creation of our Water Management platform in 2007 by the
acquisition of the Zurn Plumbing products business and, by means of acquisitions of other companies or operations. Some of
these acquisitions have been material to the Company and its operations, results, and financial condition. See “Acquisitions
and Transactions” below for further information as to these transactions.
Unless otherwise noted, “Rexnord,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” mean Rexnord Corporation and its
consolidated subsidiaries, including RBS Global and Rexnord LLC. Our fiscal year is the year ending March 31 of the
corresponding calendar year. For example, our fiscal year 2013, or fiscal 2013, means the period from April 1, 2012 to
March 31, 2013. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this report reflects that each share of common stock
outstanding immediately prior to the Company's March 19, 2012 4.1627-for-one stock split has been split into 4.1627 shares of
common stock.
Additional Information
The address of our principal executive office is 4701 W. Greenfield Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53214. Our phone
number is (414) 643-3739. Our internet website address is www.rexnord.com. We make available free of charge, on or through
our internet website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed or furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Copies of
any materials that we file with the SEC can also be obtained free of charge through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The
SEC's Public Reference Room can be contacted at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or by calling 1-800-732-0330.
In addition, the (i) charters for the Audit, Corporate Governance and Nominating, and Compensation Committees of our Board
of Directors; (ii) our Corporate Governance Guidelines; and (iii) our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are also available on
our website. We will also post any amendments to these documents, or information about any waivers granted to directors or
executive officers with respect to the Code of Ethics, on the our website at the above web address. Our internet website and the
information contained on or connected to that site are not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
Our Company
Rexnord is a growth-oriented, multi-platform industrial company with what we believe are leading market shares and
highly trusted brands that serve a diverse array of global end markets. Our heritage of innovation and specification have
allowed us to provide highly engineered, mission critical solutions to customers for decades and affords us the privilege of
having long-term, valued relationships with market leaders. We operate our Company in a disciplined way and the Rexnord
Business System (“RBS”) is our operating philosophy. Grounded in the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS creates a
scalable, process-based framework that focuses on driving superior customer satisfaction and financial results by targeting
world-class operating performance throughout all aspects of our business.
Our strategy is to build the Company around multiple, global strategic platforms that participate in end markets with
sustainable growth characteristics where we are, or have the opportunity to become, the industry leader. We have a track record
of acquiring and integrating companies and expect to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions within our existing platforms that
will expand our geographic presence, broaden our product lines and allow us to move into adjacent markets. Over time, we
may add strategic platforms to our Company. Currently, our business is comprised of two platforms, Process & Motion Control
and Water Management.
We believe that we have one of the broadest portfolios of highly engineered, mission and project critical Process &
Motion Control products in the industrial and aerospace end markets. Our Process & Motion Control product portfolio includes
gears, couplings, industrial bearings, aerospace bearings and seals, FlatTop™ chain, engineered chain and conveying equipment.
Our Water Management platform is a leader in the multi-billion dollar, specification-driven, commercial construction market
for water management products. Through recent acquisitions, we have gained entry into the municipal water and wastewater
treatment markets. Our Water Management product portfolio includes professional grade specification drainage products, flush
4
valves and faucet products, backflow prevention pressure release valves, PEX piping and engineered valves and gates for the
water and wastewater treatment market.
Our products are generally “specified” or requested by end users across both of our strategic platforms as a result of their
reliable performance in demanding environments, our custom application engineering capabilities and our ability to provide
global customer support. Typically, our Process & Motion Control products are initially incorporated into products sold by
original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) or sold to end users as critical components in large, complex systems where the
cost of failure or downtime is high and thereafter replaced through industrial distributors as they are consumed or require
replacement.
The demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by new infrastructure, the retro-fit of existing
structures to make them more energy and water efficient, commercial construction and, to a lesser extent, residential
construction. We believe we have become a market leader in the industry by meeting the stringent third-party regulatory,
building and plumbing code requirements and subsequently achieving specification of our products into projects and
applications.
We are led by an experienced, high-caliber management team that employs RBS as a proven operating philosophy to
drive excellence and world-class performance in all aspects of our business by focusing on the “Voice of the Customer” process
and ensuring superior customer satisfaction. Our global footprint encompasses 37 principal Process & Motion Control
manufacturing, warehouse and repair facilities located around the world and 25 principal Water Management manufacturing
and warehouse facilities which allow us to meet the needs of our increasingly global customer base as well as our distribution
channel partners.
Our Platforms
Below is a summary of our net sales by segment and geographic region of origination (dollars in millions):
Process & Motion Control
% of net sales
Water Management
% of net sales
Consolidated
% of net sales
United States
Year Ended March 31, 2013
Europe
Rest of World
Total Net Sales
845.8
$
215.0
$
205.3
$
1,266.1
66.8%
489.2
66.2%
17.0%
164.5
22.3%
16.2%
85.3
11.5%
100.0%
739.0
100.0%
1,335.0
$
379.5
$
290.6
$
2,005.1
66.6%
18.9%
14.5%
100.0%
$
$
See more information regarding our segments and sales by geography within Part II Item 8, Note 21 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Process & Motion Control
Our Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures, markets and services specified, highly-engineered
mechanical components used within complex systems where our customers' reliability requirements and cost of failure or
downtime is high. The Process & Motion Control product portfolio includes gears, couplings, industrial bearings, aerospace
bearings and seals, FlatTop™ chain, engineered chain and conveying equipment and are marketed and sold globally under
several brands, including Rexnord® , Rex®, Falk® and Link-Belt®. We sell our Process & Motion Control products into a diverse
group of attractive end markets, including mining, general industrial applications, cement and aggregates, agriculture, forest
and wood products, petrochemical, energy, food and beverage, aerospace and wind energy.
We have established long-term relationships with OEMs and end users serving a wide variety of industries. As a result of
our long-term relationships with OEMs and end users, we have created a significant installed base for our Process & Motion
Control products, which are consumed or worn in use and have a relatively predictable replacement cycle. We believe this
replacement dynamic drives recurring after market demand for our products. We estimate that approximately 47% of our
Process & Motion Control net sales are to distributors, who primarily serve the end user/OEM after market demand for our
products.
Most of our products are critical components in large scale manufacturing processes, where the cost of component failure
and resulting down time is high. We believe our reputation for superior quality, application expertise and ability to meet lead
time expectations are highly valued by our customers, as demonstrated by their preference to replace their worn Rexnord
products with new Rexnord products, or “like-for-like” product replacements. We believe this replacement dynamic for our
products, combined with our significant installed base, enables us to achieve premium pricing, generates a source of recurring
5
revenue and provides us with a competitive advantage. We believe the majority of our products are purchased by customers as
part of their regular maintenance budget, and in many cases do not represent significant capital expenditures.
Water Management
Our Water Management platform designs, procures, manufactures and markets products that provide and enhance water
quality, safety, flow control and conservation. The Water Management product portfolio includes professional grade
specification drainage products, flush valves and faucet products, engineered valves and gates for the water and wastewater
treatment market and PEX piping and are marketed and sold through widely recognized brand names, including Zurn®,
Wilkins®, VAG®, GA®, Rodney Hunt® and Fontaine®.
Over the past century, the businesses that comprise our Water Management platform have established themselves as
innovators and leading designers, manufacturers and distributors of highly engineered products and solutions that control the
flow, delivery, treatment and conservation of water to the infrastructure construction, commercial construction and, to a lesser
extent, the residential construction end markets. Segments of the infrastructure end market include: municipal water and
wastewater, transportation, government, health care and education. Segments of the commercial construction end market
include: lodging, retail, dining, sports arenas, and warehouse/office. The demand for our Water Management products is
primarily driven by new infrastructure, the retro-fit of existing structures to make them more energy and water efficient,
commercial construction and, to a lesser extent, residential construction.
Our Water Management products are principally specification-driven and project-critical and typically represent a low
percentage of the overall project cost. We believe these characteristics, coupled with our extensive distribution network, create
a high level of end user loyalty for our products and allow us to maintain leading market shares in the majority of our product
lines. We believe we have become a market leader in the industry by meeting the stringent country specific regulatory, building
and plumbing code requirements and subsequently achieving specification of our products into projects and applications. The
majority of these stringent testing and regulatory approval processes are completed through the University of Southern
California (“USC”), the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Codes (“IAPMO”), the National Sanitation
Foundation (“NSF”), the Underwriters Laboratories (“UL”), Factory Mutual (“FM”), the American Waterworks Association
(“AWWA”) prior to the commercialization of our products.
Our Water Management platform has an extensive network of approximately 1,100 independent sales representatives
across approximately 210 sales agencies in North America and 240 direct sales and marketing associates in 18 countries outside
of North America who work with local engineers, contractors, builders and architects to specify our products for use in
construction projects. Specifically, it has been our experience that, once an architect, engineer, contractor or owner has
specified our product with satisfactory results, that person will generally continue to use our products in future projects. The
inclusion of our products with project specifications, combined with our ability to innovate, engineer and deliver products and
systems that save time and money for engineers, contractors, builders and architects, has resulted in growing demand for our
products. Our distribution model is predicated upon maintaining high product availability near our customers. We believe that
this model provides us with a competitive advantage as we are able to meet our customer demand with local inventory at
significantly reduced lead times as compared to others in our industry.
Our Markets
We evaluate our competitive position in our markets based on available market data, relevant benchmarks compared to
our relative peer group and industry trends. We generally do not participate in segments of our served markets that are thought
of as commodities or in applications that do not require differentiation based on product quality, reliability and innovation. In
both of our platforms, we believe the end markets we serve span a broad and diverse array of commercial and industrial end
markets with solid fundamental long-term growth characteristics.
Process & Motion Control Market
The market for Process & Motion Control products is very fragmented with most participants having single or limited
product lines and serving specific geographic markets. While there are numerous competitors with limited product offerings,
there are only a few national and international competitors of a size comparable to us. While we compete with certain domestic
and international competitors across a portion of our product lines, we do not believe that any one competitor directly competes
with us on all of our product lines. The industry's customer base is broadly diversified across many sectors of the economy. We
believe that growth in the Process & Motion Control market is closely tied to overall growth in industrial production which we
believe has fundamental and significant long-term growth potential. In addition, we believe that Process & Motion Control
manufacturers who innovate to meet the changes in customer demands and focus on higher growth end markets can grow at
rates faster than overall United States industrial production.
The Process & Motion Control market is also characterized by the need for sophisticated engineering experience, the
ability to produce a broad number of niche products with very little lead time and long-standing customer relationships. We
believe entry into our markets by competitors with lower labor costs, including foreign competitors, will be limited due to the
6
fact that we manufacture highly specialized niche products that are critical components in large scale manufacturing processes.
In addition, we believe there is an industry trend of customers increasingly consolidating their vendor bases, which we believe
should allow suppliers with broader product offerings such as ourselves, to capture additional market share.
Water Management Market
We believe the markets in which our Water Management platform participates are relatively fragmented with competitors
across a broad range of industries and product lines. Although competition exists across all of our Water Management
businesses, we do not believe that any one competitor directly competes with us across all of our product lines. We believe that
we can continue to grow our platform at rates above the growth rate of the overall market and the growth rate of our
competition, by focusing our efforts and resources towards end markets that have above average growth characteristics.
We believe the areas of the Water Management industry in which we compete are tied to growth in infrastructure and
commercial construction, which we believe have significant long-term growth fundamentals. Historically, the infrastructure and
commercial construction industry has been more stable and less vulnerable to down-cycles than the residential construction
industry. Compared to residential construction cycles, downturns in infrastructure and commercial construction have been
shorter and less severe, and upturns have lasted longer and had higher peaks in terms of spending as well as units and square
footage. In addition, we believe that water management manufacturers with innovative products, like ours, are able to grow at a
faster pace than the broader infrastructure and commercial construction markets, as well as mitigate downturns in the cycle.
The Water Management industry's specification-driven end markets require manufacturers to work closely with
engineers, contractors, builders and architects in local markets to design specific applications on a project-by-project basis. As a
result, building and maintaining relationships with architects, engineers, contractors and builders, who specify products for use
in construction projects, and having flexibility in design and product innovation are critical to compete effectively in the
market. Companies with a strong network of such relationships have a competitive advantage. Specifically, it has been our
experience that, once an engineer, contractor, builder or architect has specified our product with satisfactory results, that person
often will continue to use our products in future projects.
Our Products
Process & Motion Control Products
Our Process & Motion Control products are generally critical components in the machinery or plant in which they
operate, yet they typically account for a low percentage of an end user's total production cost. We believe, because the costs
associated with Process & Motion Control product failure to the end user can be substantial, end users in most of the markets
we serve focus on Process & Motion Control products with superior quality, reliability and availability, rather than considering
price alone, when making a purchasing decision. We believe that the key to success in our industry is to develop and maintain a
reputation for quality and reliability, as well as create and maintain an extensive distribution network, which we believe leads to
a strong preference to replace “like-for-like” products driving recurring aftermarket revenues and market share gain.
Gears
We are a leading manufacturer of gear drives and large gear sets for the heavy duty industrial market. Gear drives and
gear sets reduce the output speed and increase the torque from an electronic motor or engine to the level required to drive a
particular piece of equipment. Our gear drives, service and gear sets are used in a number of heavy duty industries. These
primary industries include the natural resource extraction, steel, pulp and paper, chemical, forest and wood industries. We
manufacture a wide range of heavy duty, medium and light duty gear drives used for bulk material handling, mixing, pumping
and general gearing applications. We also operate a gear service and repair business through our Product Service group
(PragerTM, , Renew® and Cline).
Couplings
Couplings are primarily used in high-speed, high-torque applications and are the interface between two shafts that permit
power to be transmitted from one shaft to the other. Our couplings are sold to a variety of end markets, including the
petrochemical and refining, wood processing, chemical, power generation and natural resources industries. Couplings are
comprised of the grid, flexible disc, elastomeric and gear product lines and are sold under the Steelflex®, Thomas®, Omega®,
Rex®, Viva®, Wrapflex®, Lifelign®, True Torque®, Addax® and Autogard® brand names.
Industrial Bearings
Industrial bearings are components that support, guide and reduce the friction of motion between fixed and moving
machine parts. These products are primarily sold for use in the mining, aggregates, forest and wood products, construction
equipment, and agricultural equipment industries. Industrial bearings are sold either mounted or unmounted. We primarily
7
produce mounted bearings, which are offered in a variety of specialized housings to suit specific industrial applications, and
generally command higher margins than unmounted bearings.
FlatTop
Our FlatTop™ chain is a highly-engineered conveyor chain that provides a smooth continuous conveying surface that is
critical to high-speed operations such as those used to transport cans and bottles in beverage-filling operations, and is primarily
sold to the food and beverage, consumer products, warehousing and distribution, and parts processing industries.
Aerospace Bearings and Seals
We supply our aerospace bearings and seals to the commercial aircraft, military aircraft and regional jet end markets for
use in door systems, engine accessories, engine controls, engine mounts, flight control systems, gearboxes, landing gear and
rotor pitch controls. The majority of our sales are to engine and airframe OEMs that specify our Process & Motion Control
products for their aircraft platforms. Our aerospace bearings and seals products consist of rolling element airframe bearings
sold under the Shafer® brand name, slotted-entry and split-ball sliding bearings sold under the PSI® brand name and aerospace
seals that are sold under the Cartriseal® brand name, which are primarily sold for use in both aerospace and industrial
applications.
Special Components
Our special components products are comprised of three primary product lines: electric motor brakes, miniature
Process & Motion Control components and security devices for utility companies. These products are manufactured by our
niche businesses: Stearns, W.M. Berg and Highfield. Stearns' products are used in a diverse range of applications, including
steel mills, oil field equipment, pulp processing equipment, large textile machines, rubber mills, metal forming machinery and
dock and pier handling equipment. W.M. Berg sells its products to a variety of markets, including aerospace, semiconductor,
medical equipment, robotics, instrumentation, office equipment and satellite communications. Highfield's products are sold to a
variety of markets, including electric, gas, water, telecommunications and utilities.
Conveying Equipment and Engineered Chain
Our conveying equipment and industrial chain products are used in various applications in numerous industries,
including food and food processing, beverage and container, mining, construction and agricultural equipment, hydrocarbon
processing and cement and aggregates processing. Our primary products include (i) conveying equipment, (ii) engineered steel
chain, and (iii) roller chain. Our conveying equipment product group provides design, assembly, installation and after-the-sale
services primarily to the mining, cement and aggregates industries. Its products include engineered elevators, conveyors and
components for medium to heavy duty material handling applications. Our engineered steel chain products, which are sold
under the Link-Belt® and Rexnord® brand names, are designed and manufactured to meet the demands of customers' specific
applications. These products are used in many applications including cement elevators, construction and mining equipment and
conveyors, and they are supplied to the cement and aggregates, energy, food and beverage, and forest and wood products
industries.
Water Management Products
Water Management products tend to be project-critical, highly-engineered and high value-add and typically are a low
percentage of overall project cost. We believe the combination of these features creates a high level of end user loyalty.
Demand for these products is influenced by regulatory, building and plumbing code requirements. Many Water Management
products must meet the stringent country specific regulatory, building and plumbing code requirements prior to the
commercialization of our products (for example, USC, IAPMO, NSF, UL, FM and AWWA). In addition, many of these
products must meet detailed specifications set by water management engineers, contractors, builders and architects.
Specification Drainage
Specification drainage products are used to control storm water, process water and potable water in various commercial,
industrial, civil and irrigation applications. This product line includes point drains (such as roof drains and floor drains), linear
drainage systems, interceptors, hydrants, fixture carrier systems, chemical drainage systems and light commercial drainage
products.
Water Control and Safety
Our water control and safety products are sold under the Wilkins® brand name and encompass a wide variety of valves,
including backflow preventers, fire system valves, pressure reducing valves and thermostatic mixing valves. These products are
designed to meet the stringent requirements of independent test labs, such as the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and
Hydraulic Research at USC, NSF, UL and FM, and are sold into the commercial and industrial construction applications as well
as the fire protection, waterworks and irrigation end markets.
8
Commercial Brass
Zurn's commercial brass products include manual and sensor operated flush valves marketed under the Aquaflush®,
AquaSense®, AquaVantage® and HydroVantageTM brand names and heavy duty commercial faucets marketed under the
AquaSpec® brand name. Innovative water conserving fixtures are marketed under the EcoVantage® and Zurn One® brand names.
These products are commonly used in office buildings, schools, hospitals, airports, sports facilities, convention centers,
shopping malls, restaurants and industrial production buildings. The Zurn One Systems® integrate commercial brass and
fixtures into complete, easily customizable plumbing systems, and thus provide a valuable time and cost-saving means of
delivering commercial and institutional bathroom fixtures. The EcoVantage® fixture systems promote water-efficiency and low
consumption of water that deliver savings for building owners in new construction and retro-fit bathroom fixture installations.
PEX
PEX is our product line manufactured out of cross-linked polyethylene into tubing and is well-suited for high
temperature and pressure fluid distribution piping. Our PEX products include complete lines of pipe, fittings, valves and
installation tools for both potable water and radiant heating systems. These systems are engineered to meet stringent NSF
requirements.
Water and Wastewater
Our water and wastewater products are sold under the VAG®, GA®, Rodney Hunt® and Fontaine® brand names and are
used to control the flow of water and wastewater throughout the water cycle from raw water through collection, distribution
and wastewater treatment. These products are highly specified, designed and manufactured. Products include automatic control
valves, check valves, air valves, butterfly valves, water control gates, hydrants, actuation systems, and other specialized
products for municipal, industrial, and hydropower applications. Our comprehensive product lines are primarily sold into the
growing and less-cyclical water supply and treatment markets worldwide.
Acquisitions and Transactions
Rexnord has grown significantly in recent years by means of acquisitions. Information regarding some of our recent
acquisitions follows.
Cline Acquisition
On December 13, 2012, we acquired Cline Acquisition Corp. ("Cline") for a total cash purchase price of $19.6 million,
net of cash acquired and excluding transaction costs. Cline, based in Taylors, South Carolina, is a service business specializing
in the manufacturing, repair and refurbishment of drive shafts, clutches and brakes. This acquisition is a product line extension
of our existing Process & Motion Control service offerings and expands our presence in the southeast region of the U.S. Our
financial position and results of operations include Cline subsequent to December 13, 2012.
VAG Holding Acquisition
On October 10, 2011, we acquired VAG Holding GmbH (“VAG”) for a total cash purchase price of $238.6 million, net of
cash acquired and excluding transaction costs. VAG is a global leader in engineered valve solutions across a broad range of
applications, including water distribution, wastewater treatment, dams and hydropower generation, as well as various other
industrial applications. This acquisition expanded our Water Management platform and allows us to further expand into key
markets outside of North America. Our financial position and results of operations include VAG subsequent to October 10,
2011.
Autogard Acquisition
On April 2, 2011, we acquired Autogard Holdings Limited and affiliates (“Autogard”) for a total cash purchase price of
$18.2 million, net of cash acquired. Autogard is a European-based manufacturer of torque limiters and couplings. The
acquisition further expands our global Process & Motion Control platform and will allow us to provide increased capabilities
and support to our global customer base. Our financial position and results of operations include Autogard subsequent to April
2, 2011.
Mecanica Falk Acquisition
On August 31, 2010, we acquired full control of Mecanica Falk, a joint venture in which we previously maintained a
49% non-controlling interest for a $6.1 million seller-financed note. Located in Mexico City, Mexico, Mecanica Falk primarily
serves as a distributor of our existing Process & Motion Control product lines in Latin America. The acquisition of the
remaining 51% interest in Mecanica Falk expanded our international presence through a more direct ownership structure. The
financial position and results of operations of Mecanica Falk have been wholly consolidated subsequent to August 31, 2010.
9
Fontaine Acquisition
On February 27, 2009, we acquired the stock of Fontaine for a total purchase price of $24.2 million, net of $0.6 million of
cash acquired. This acquisition further expanded our Water Management platform. Fontaine manufactures stainless steel slide
gates and other engineered flow control products for the municipal water and wastewater markets.
Divestitures
In addition to making acquisitions, we from time to time review our operations to determine whether it would be in our
interest to dispose of non-core business units, and make strategic dispositions if and when appropriate.
During fiscal 2013, we completed the sale of a non-core engineered chain business located in Shanghai, China within the
Process & Motion Control segment for a total sale price of $2.5 million (the "discontinued operation"). We recorded a pre-tax
loss on disposal of approximately $0.5 million in fiscal 2013, which is presented on the consolidated Statement of Operations
as a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. We have no continuing involvement in the business subsequent to the sale
and it is presented as a discontinued operation in our financial statements.
Additionally, on July 19, 2011, we sold substantially all of the net assets of a non-material, underperforming business
within our Process & Motion Control segment based in Germany for a total sale price of $4.5 million (the “divestiture”). We
recorded a pre-tax loss on divestiture of approximately $6.4 million during fiscal 2012. Our financial position and results of
operations include the divestiture up to July 19, 2011.
Customers
Process & Motion Control Customers
Our Process & Motion Control components are either incorporated into products sold by OEMs or sold to end users
through industrial distributors as aftermarket products. While approximately 47% of our Process & Motion Control net sales
are aftermarket, OEMs and end users ultimately drive the demand for our Process & Motion Control products. With more than
2,600 distributor locations worldwide, we have one of the most extensive distribution networks in the industry. The largest of
our Process & Motion Control industrial distributors, which is also our largest customer, accounted for approximately 7.9%,
7.4%, and 8.0% of consolidated net sales during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of product, our industrial distributors participate in the overall
competitive dynamic in the Process & Motion Control industry. Industrial distributors play a role in determining which of our
Process & Motion Control products are stocked at their distributor centers and branch locations and, consequently, are most
readily accessible to aftermarket buyers, and the price at which these products are sold.
We market our Process & Motion Control products both to OEMs and directly to end users to create preference of our
products through end user specification. We believe this customer preference is important in differentiating our Process &
Motion Control products from our competitors' products, and preserves our ability to create channel partnerships where
distributors will recommend Rexnord products to OEMs and end users. In some instances, we have established a relationship
with the end user such that we, the end user, and the end user's preferred distributor enter into a trilateral agreement whereby
the distributor will purchase our Process & Motion Control products and stock them for the end user. We believe our extensive
product portfolio positions us to benefit from the trend towards rationalizing suppliers by industrial distributors.
Water Management Customers
Our Water Management products are branded under the Zurn, VAG, GA, Rodney Hunt and Fontaine tradenames.
Our products sold to customers in our commercial construction, infrastructure and residential construction end markets
are distributed through independent sales representatives, plumbing wholesalers and industry-specific distributors in the food
service, industrial, janitorial and sanitation industries.
Our independent sales representatives work with wholesalers to assess and meet the needs of building contractors. They
also combine knowledge of our products, installation and delivery with knowledge of the local markets to provide contractors
with value added service. We use several hundred independent sales representatives nationwide, along with a network of
approximately 90 third-party warehouses, to provide our customers with same-day service and quick response times.
Water and wastewater end users primarily consist of municipalities. Our independent sales representatives, as well as
approximately 240 direct sales and marketing associates, work with these end users, as well as their general contractors and
engineering firms, to provide them with the engineered solutions that meet their needs. VAG, GA, Rodney Hunt and Fontaine
benefit from strong brand recognition in the industry, which is further bolstered by a strong customer propensity to replace
“like-for-like” products.
In addition to our domestic Water Management manufacturing facilities, we have maintained a global network of
independent sources that manufacture high quality, lower cost component parts for our commercial and institutional products.
10
These sources fabricate parts to our specifications using our proprietary designs, which enables us to focus on product
engineering, assembly, testing and quality control. By closely monitoring these sources and through extensive product testing,
we are able to maintain product quality and be a cost competitive producer of commercial and institutional products.
Product Development
The majority of our new product development begins with our extensive “Voice of the Customer” process. We have a
team of approximately 405 engineers and technical employees who are organized by product line. Each of our product lines has
technical staff responsible for product development and application support. The Rexnord Innovation Center provides
additional support through enhanced capabilities and specialty expertise that can be utilized for product innovation and new
product development. The Rexnord Innovation Center is a certified lab comprised of approximately 30 specialists that offers
testing capability and support during the development process to all of our product lines. Our existing pipeline and continued
investment in new product development are expected to drive revenue growth as we address key customer needs.
In both of our Process & Motion Control and Water Management platforms, we have demonstrated a commitment to
developing technologically advanced products within the industries we serve. In the Process & Motion Control platform, we
had approximately 280 and approximately 870 active United States and foreign patents, respectively, as of March 31, 2013. In
addition, we thoroughly test our Process & Motion Control products to ensure their quality, understand their wear
characteristics and improve their performance. These practices have enabled us, together with our customers, to develop
reliable and functional Process & Motion Control solutions. In our Water Management platform, we had approximately 80 and
approximately 70 active United States and foreign patents, respectively, as of March 31, 2013. Product innovation is crucial in
the commercial and institutional plumbing products markets because new products must continually be developed to meet
specifications and regulatory demands. Zurn's plumbing products are known in the industry for such innovation. During fiscal
2013 our total investment in research, development and engineering was $38.0 million, or approximately 2% of net sales.
Rexnord Business System (“RBS”)
We operate our Company in a disciplined way. The Rexnord Business System is our operating philosophy and it creates
a scalable, process-based framework that focuses on driving superior customer satisfaction and financial results by targeting
world-class operating performance. RBS is based on the following principles: (1) strategy deployment (a long-term strategic
planning process that determines annual improvement priorities and the actions necessary to achieve those priorities);
(2) measuring our performance based on customer satisfaction, or the “Voice of the Customer;” (3) involvement of all our
associates in the execution of our strategy; and (4) a culture that embraces Kaizen, the Japanese philosophy of continuous
improvement. We believe applying RBS can yield superior growth, quality, delivery and cost positions relative to our
competition, resulting in enhanced profitability and ultimately the creation of stockholder value. As we have applied RBS over
the past several years, we have experienced significant improvements in growth, productivity, cost reduction and asset
efficiency and believe there are substantial opportunities to continue to improve our performance as we continue to apply RBS.
Suppliers and Raw Materials
The principal materials used in our Process & Motion Control and Water Management manufacturing processes are
commodities and components available from numerous sources. The key materials used in our Process & Motion Control
manufacturing processes include: sheet, plate and bar steel, castings, forgings, high-performance engineered plastic and a
variety of components. Within our Water Management platform, we purchase a broad range of materials and components
throughout the world in connection with our manufacturing activities that include: bar steel, brass, castings, copper, zinc,
forgings, plate steel, high-performance engineered plastic and resin. Our global sourcing strategy is to maintain alternate
sources of supply for our important materials and components wherever possible within both our Process & Motion Control
and Water Management platforms. Historically, we have been able to successfully source materials, and consequently are not
dependent on a single source for any significant raw material or component. As a result, we believe there is a readily available
supply of materials in sufficient quantity from a variety of sources to serve both our short-term and long-term requirements.
Additionally, we have not experienced any significant shortage of our key materials and have not historically engaged in
hedging transactions for commodity supplies. We generally purchase our materials on the open market. However, in certain
situations we have found it advantageous to enter into contracts for certain commodity purchases. Although currently we are
not a party to any unconditional purchase obligations, including take-or-pay contracts or through-put contracts, these contracts
generally have had one to five-year terms and have contained competitive and benchmarking clauses to ensure competitive
pricing.
Backlog
Our backlog of unshipped orders was $468 million and $490 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of
March 31, 2013, approximately 11% of our backlog was scheduled to ship beyond fiscal 2014. See Risk Factor titled “The loss
or financial instability of any significant customer could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations
or cash flows.” within Part I Item 1A of this report for more information on the risks associated with backlog.
11
Seasonality
We do not experience significant seasonality of demand for our Process & Motion Control products, although sales
generally are slightly higher during our fourth fiscal quarter as our customers spend against recently approved capital budgets
and perform maintenance and repairs in advance of spring and summer activity. Our Process & Motion Control end markets
also do not experience significant seasonality of demand.
Demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by commercial construction activity, remodeling and
retro-fit opportunities, and to a lesser extent, new home starts as well as water and wastewater infrastructure expansion for
municipal, industrial and hydropower applications. Accordingly, weather has an impact on the cyclicality of certain end
markets. With the exception of our remodeling and retro-fit opportunities, weather is an important variable as it significantly
impacts construction. Spring and summer months in the United States and Europe represent the main construction season for
increased construction in the commercial and institutional markets, as well as new housing starts. As a result, sales generally
decrease slightly in the third and fourth fiscal quarters as compared to the first two quarters of the fiscal year. The autumn and
winter months generally impede construction and installation activity.
Our business also depends upon general economic conditions and other market factors beyond our control, and we serve
customers in cyclical industries. As a result, our operating results could be negatively affected during economic downturns. See
Risk Factor titled "Weak and volatile economic and financial market conditions and market cycles have impacted our business
operations and/or our customers and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition in the future” within
Part I Item 1A of this report for more information on the risks associated with general economic conditions.
Employees
As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately 7,300 employees, of whom approximately 4,400 were employed in the
United States. Approximately 500 of our United States employees are represented by labor unions. The five United States
collective bargaining agreements to which we are a party have expiration dates between September 2013 and September 2016.
Additionally, approximately 1,800 of our employees reside in Europe, where trade union membership is common. We believe
we have a strong relationship with our employees, including those represented by labor unions.
Environmental Matters
Our operations and facilities worldwide are subject to extensive laws and regulations related to pollution and the
protection of the environment, health and safety, including those governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharges to
water, the generation, handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous wastes and other materials, and the remediation of
contaminated sites. A failure by us to comply with applicable requirements or the permits required for our operations could
result in civil or criminal fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third-party claims for property damage and personal injury,
requirements to clean up property or to pay for the costs of cleanup or regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing
operations or requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions.
Some environmental laws and regulations impose requirements to investigate and remediate contamination on present
and former owners and operators of facilities and sites, and on potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) for sites to which such
parties may have sent waste for disposal. Such liability can be imposed without regard to fault and, under certain
circumstances, may be joint and several, resulting in one PRP being held responsible for the entire obligation. Liability may
also include damages to natural resources. On occasion we are involved in such investigations and/or cleanup, and also have
been or could be named as a PRP in environmental matters.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
We have identified the following material risks to our business. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us.
Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or those risks we currently view to be immaterial, may also
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of these risks materialize, our
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our
ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from making debt service payments.
We are a highly leveraged company. As of March 31, 2013 we had $2,131.6 million of outstanding indebtedness. Our
ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt will depend on a range of
economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside our control. Our business may not generate sufficient
cash flow from operations to meet our debt service and other obligations, and currently anticipated cost savings and operating
improvements may not be realized on schedule, or at all. If we are unable to meet our expenses and debt service and other
obligations, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets or raise equity.
Furthermore, Apollo has no obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing and we therefore may be unable to generate
sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, sell assets or raise
12
equity on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could cause us to default on our obligations and impair our liquidity.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our obligations on commercially
reasonable terms would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our substantial indebtedness could also have other important consequences with respect to our ability to manage our
business successfully, including the following:
• it may limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, strategic initiatives or other
purposes;
• it may make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to
comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing
conditions, could result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities, the indenture governing
our senior notes and our other indebtedness;
• a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness and
so will not be available for other purposes;
• it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business;
• we are and will continue to be more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a
competitive disadvantage;
• it may make us more vulnerable to further downturns in our business or the economy;
• it may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or divestitures, introducing new technologies or exploiting
business opportunities; and
• it, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in the documents governing our indebtedness, among
other things, may limit our ability to borrow additional funds, make acquisitions or capital expenditures, dispose
of assets or take certain of the actions mentioned above, any of which could restrict our operations and business
plans.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our indebtedness, including the senior secured credit facilities and borrowings
outstanding under our accounts receivable securitization facility, bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain
short-term prevailing interest rates. As of March 31, 2013, we had $934.7 million of floating rate debt under the senior secured
credit facilities, which is not hedged. A 100 basis point increase in the March 31, 2013 interest rates would increase interest
expense under the senior secured credit facilities by approximately $1.9 million on an annual basis.
Also, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could intensify the risks described above. For more information,
see Part II Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt.
Weak and volatile economic and financial market conditions and market cycles have impacted our business operations
and/or our customers and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition in the future.
Weak and volatile global economic and financial market conditions in recent years have affected our business operations
and continuing weakness or a further downturn may adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.
Economic conditions in the end-markets, businesses or geographic areas in which we sell our products could reduce demand for
products and result in a decrease in sales volume for a prolonged period of time, which would have a negative impact on our
future results of operations. Also, a weak recovery could prolong, or resume, the negative effects we have experienced in the
past.
Our financial performance depends, in large part, on conditions in the markets that we serve in the U.S. and the global
economy generally. Some of the industries we serve are highly cyclical, such as the aerospace, energy and industrial equipment
industries. We have undertaken cost reduction programs as well as diversified our markets to mitigate the effect of downturns in
economic conditions; however, such programs may be unsuccessful. Any sustained weakness in demand or downturn or
uncertainty in the economy generally, such as the recent unprecedented volatility in the capital and credit markets, would
materially reduce our net sales and profitability.
For example, sales to the construction industry are driven by trends in commercial and residential construction, housing
starts and trends in residential repair and remodeling. Consumer confidence, mortgage rates, credit standards and availability
and income levels play a significant role in driving demand in the residential construction, repair and remodeling sector. A drop
or weakness in consumer confidence, restrictions in the credit market or an increase in mortgage rates, credit standards or
unemployment could delay the recovery of commercial and residential construction levels and have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. This may express itself in the form of substantial
downward pressure on product pricing and our profit margins, thereby adversely affecting our financial results.
Additionally, many of our products are used in the energy, mining and cement and aggregates markets. With the recent
increases and volatility in commodity prices, certain customers may defer or cancel anticipated projects or expansions until
such time as these projects will be profitable based on the underlying cost of commodities compared to the cost of the project.
13
Volatility and disruption of financial markets, as in recent years, could limit the ability of our customers to obtain adequate
financing to maintain operations and may cause them to terminate existing purchase orders, reduce the volume of products they
purchase from us in the future or impact their ability to pay their receivables. Adverse economic and financial market
conditions may also cause our suppliers to be unable to meet their commitments to us or may cause suppliers to make changes
in the credit terms they extend to us, such as shortening the required payment period for outstanding accounts receivable or
reducing or eliminating the amount of trade credit available to us.
Demand for our Water Management products depends on availability of financing.
Many customers who purchase our Water Management products depend on third-party financing. There have been
significant disruptions in the availability of financing on reasonable terms. Fluctuations in prevailing interest rates affect the
availability and cost of financing to our customers. Given these market conditions, some lenders and institutional investors have
significantly reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. The lack of availability or increased cost of
credit could lead to decreased construction, which would result in a reduction in demand for our products and have a material
adverse effect on our Water Management business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The markets in which we sell our products are highly competitive.
We operate in highly fragmented markets within the Process & Motion Control platform. As a result, we compete against
numerous companies. Some of our competitors have achieved substantially more market penetration in certain of the markets in
which we operate, and some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Competition in our
business lines is based on a number of considerations, including product performance, cost of transportation in the distribution
of products, brand reputation, quality of client service and support, product availability and price. Additionally, some of our
larger customers are attempting to reduce the number of vendors from which they purchase in order to increase their efficiency.
If we are not selected to become one of these preferred providers, we may lose access to certain sections of the markets in
which we compete. Our customers increasingly demand a broad product range and we must continue to develop our expertise
in order to manufacture and market these products successfully. To remain competitive, we will need to invest continuously in
manufacturing, customer service and support, marketing and our distribution networks. We may also have to adjust the prices of
some of our Process & Motion Control products to stay competitive. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient
resources to continue to make these investments or that we will maintain our competitive position within each of the markets
we serve.
Within the Water Management platform, we compete against both large international and national rivals, as well as many
regional competitors. Some of our competitors have greater resources than we do. Significant competition in any of the markets
in which the Water Management platform operates could result in substantial downward pressure on product pricing and our
profit margins, thereby adversely affecting the Water Management financial results. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance
that we will be able to maintain or increase the current market share of our products successfully in the future.
The loss or financial instability of any significant customer could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results
of operations or cash flows.
We have certain customers that are significant to our business. During fiscal 2013, our top 20 customers accounted for
approximately 35.2% of our consolidated net sales, and our largest customer accounted for 7.9% of our consolidated net sales.
Our competitors may adopt more aggressive sales policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale
of their products than we do, which could result in a loss of customers. The loss of one or more of our major customers or
deterioration in our relationship with any of them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
Our contracted backlog is comprised of future orders for our products from a broad number of customers. Defaults by
any of the customers that have placed significant orders with us could have a significant adverse effect on our net sales,
profitability and cash flow. Our customers may in the future default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of
liquidity, operational failure or other reasons deriving from the general economic environment or circumstances affecting those
customers in particular. If a customer defaults on its obligations to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. As of March 31, 2013, approximately 11% of our backlog was
scheduled to ship beyond fiscal 2014.
14
Increases in the cost of our raw materials, in particular bar steel, brass, castings, copper, forgings, high-performance
engineered plastic, plate steel, resin, sheet steel and zinc, as well as petroleum products, or the loss of a substantial number
of our suppliers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We depend on third parties for the raw materials used in our manufacturing processes. We generally purchase our raw
materials on the open market on a purchase order basis. These contracts generally have had one to five year terms and have
contained competitive and benchmarking clauses intended to ensure competitive pricing. While we currently maintain
alternative sources for raw materials, our business is subject to the risk of price fluctuations, delays in the delivery of and
potential unavailability of our raw materials. Any such price fluctuations or delays, if material, could harm our profitability or
operations. In addition, the loss of a substantial number of suppliers could result in material cost increases or reduce our
production capacity.
In addition, prices for petroleum products and other carbon-based fuel products have also significantly increased recently.
These price increases, and consequent increases in the cost of electricity and for products for which petroleum-based products
are components or used in part of the process of manufacture, may substantially increase our costs for transportation, fuel,
component parts and manufacturing. We may not be able to recoup the costs of these increases by adjusting our prices.
We do not typically enter into hedge transactions to reduce our exposure to price risks and cannot assure you that we
would be successful in passing on any attendant costs if these risks were to materialize. In addition, if we are unable to continue
to purchase our required quantities of raw materials on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if we are unable to maintain
or enter into our purchasing contracts for our larger commodities, our business operations could be disrupted and our
profitability could be impacted in a material adverse manner.
We rely on independent distributors. Termination of one or more of our relationships with any of those independent
distributors or an increase in the distributors’ sales of our competitors’ products could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In addition to our own direct sales force, we depend on the services of independent distributors to sell our Process &
Motion Control products and provide service and aftermarket support to our OEMs and end users. We rely on an extensive
distribution network, with nearly 2,600 distributor locations nationwide; however, for fiscal 2013, approximately 22% of our
Process & Motion Control net sales were generated through sales to three of our key independent distributors, the largest of
which accounted for 13% of Process & Motion Control net sales. Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of
product, our industrial distributors are active participants in the overall competitive dynamic in the Process & Motion Control
industry. Industrial distributors play a significant role in determining which of our Process & Motion Control products are
stocked at the branch locations, and hence are most readily accessible to aftermarket buyers, and the price at which these
products are sold. Almost all of the distributors with whom we transact business also offer competitors’ products and services to
our customers. Within Water Management, we depend on a network of several hundred independent sales representatives and
approximately 90 third-party warehouses to distribute our products; however, for fiscal 2013, our three key independent
distributors generated approximately 28% of our Water Management net sales with the largest accounting for 15% of Water
Management net sales.
Our Process & Motion Control and Water Management distributorship sales are made on terms that we believe are
consistent with customary standards in our industry. Our agreements with our distributors are generally non-exclusive and do
not require minimum volumes of purchases by the distributors, with prices based on expected margins and all sales subject to
credit approval; they generally contain a limited warranty against material and workmanship defects and provide for a freight
allowance when minimum quantities are met. In addition, certain key distributors are on rebate programs, including our top
three Water Management distributors.
The loss of one of our key distributors or of a substantial number of our other distributors or an increase in the
distributors' sales of our competitors' products to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Strategic alternatives that are currently being pursued may not be successfully achieved or may cause disruption and harm
to our ongoing business and operations.
As previously announced, our Board of Directors is undertaking an evaluation of strategic alternatives. The alternatives
considered could include the possible sale of the Company, the possible sale of one or both of our business platforms or the
maintenance of the current structure and execution of the existing business strategy. Potential risks related to the process
include, but are not limited to uncertainty regarding the complexity or length of the process, the potential that the process will
distract our board and management from our business, the potential that we will incur significant expenses in unsuccessfully
pursuing one or more transactions, the risk that the process will impair relationships with partners, suppliers and employees,
and the risk of claims or other litigation arising from the pursuit of one or more transactions. Any of these risks could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
15
Apollo controls us and its interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a stockholder.
As of March 31, 2013, Apollo and its affiliates beneficially own approximately 64% of our common stock. As long as
Apollo controls shares representing at least a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding stock, Apollo will be able to
unilaterally determine the outcome of most stockholder votes, and other stockholders will not be able to affect the outcome of
any such votes. In addition, representatives of Apollo comprise 4 of our 9 directors and the consent of a majority of the voting
directors designated by Apollo is required under our bylaws in connection with certain important corporate actions. As a result
of that representation and various bylaw provisions, Apollo has the ability to prevent or initiate and approve any transaction that
requires the approval of our board of directors (or of the directors designated by Apollo) or stockholders, including the approval
of significant corporate transactions such as mergers and the sale of substantially all of our assets.
The interests of Apollo could conflict with or differ from the interests of our other holders of our common stock. For
example, the concentration of ownership held by Apollo could delay, defer, cause or prevent a change of control of us or
impede a merger, takeover or other business combination that you as a stockholder may otherwise view favorably. Apollo is in
the business of making or advising on investments in companies and holds, and may from time to time in the future acquire,
interests in or provide advice to businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are
suppliers or customers of ours. Apollo may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business, and, as a
result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that we expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any business
opportunity, transaction or other matter in which Apollo or any of its members, directors, employees or other affiliates (the
"Apollo Group") participates or desires or seeks to participate in, even if the opportunity is one that we would reasonably be
deemed to have pursued if given the opportunity to do so. The renouncement does not apply to any business opportunities that
are presented to an Apollo Group member solely in such person's capacity as a member of our board of directors and with
respect to which no other member of the Apollo Group independently receives notice or otherwise identifies such business
opportunity prior to us becoming aware of it, or if the business opportunity is initially identified by the Apollo Group solely
through the disclosure of information by or on behalf of us.
So long as Apollo continues to beneficially own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%,
it may continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. For example, our bylaws will require the
approval of a majority of the directors nominated by Apollo voting on the matter for certain important matters, including
mergers and acquisitions, issuances of equity and the incurrence of debt, so long as Apollo beneficially owns at least 33 1/3% of
our outstanding common stock.
Our organizational documents and the provisions of a nominating agreement with Apollo may impede or discourage a
takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares.
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and a nominating agreement with Apollo may make it more
difficult for, or prevent a third party from, acquiring control of us without the approval of our Board of Directors, including in
some cases the approval of a majority of the directors nominated by Apollo. These provisions include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
having a classified board of directors;
establishing limitations on the removal of directors;
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
empowering only the board to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a
result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, and requiring that, as long as Apollo continues
to beneficially own at least 33 1/3% of our common stock, any vacancy resulting from the death, removal
or resignation of an Apollo designee be filled by a majority of the remaining directors nominated by
Apollo;
as long as Apollo continues to beneficially own more than 50.1% of our common stock, granting Apollo the
right to increase the size of our board of directors and to fill the resulting vacancies at any time;
authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;
prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent or calling a special meeting if less than 50.1% of
our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by Apollo;
requiring the approval of a majority of the directors nominated by Apollo voting on the matter to approve
certain business combinations and certain other significant matters so long as Apollo beneficially owns at
least 33 1/3% of our common stock; and
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
Our issuance of shares of preferred stock could delay or prevent a change in control of us. Our board of directors has the
authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01
16
per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or
prices and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a
premium for their shares.
Our bylaws and a nominating agreement with Apollo also require the approval of a majority of directors nominated by
Apollo voting on the matter for certain important matters, including mergers and acquisitions, issuances of equity and the
incurrence of debt, as long as Apollo beneficially owns at least 33 1/3% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, as long
as Apollo beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding common stock, Apollo will be able to control all matters requiring
stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and certain corporate
transactions. Together, these charter, bylaw and statutory provisions could make the removal of management more difficult and
may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common
stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by
Apollo and its rights to nominate a specified number of directors in certain circumstances, could limit the price that investors
might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of us, thereby
reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.
We are subject to risks associated with changing technology and manufacturing techniques, and business continuity, which
could place us at a competitive disadvantage.
The successful implementation of our business strategy requires us to continuously evolve our existing products and
introduce new products to meet customers' needs in the industries we serve. Our products are characterized by stringent
performance and specification requirements that mandate a high degree of manufacturing and engineering expertise. If we fail
to meet these requirements, our business could be at risk. We believe that our customers rigorously evaluate their suppliers on
the basis of a number of factors, including product quality, price competitiveness, technical and manufacturing expertise,
development and product design capability, new product innovation, reliability and timeliness of delivery, operational
flexibility, customer service and overall management. Our success will depend on our ability to continue to meet our customers'
changing specifications with respect to these criteria. We cannot assure you that we will be able to address technological
advances or introduce new products that may be necessary to remain competitive within our businesses. We cannot assure you
that we can adequately protect any of our own technological developments to produce a sustainable competitive advantage.
Furthermore, we may be subject to business continuity risk in the event of an unexpected loss of a material facility or operation.
We cannot assure you that we can adequately protect against such a loss.
If we lose or are unable to retain certain key associates or management personnel, our business may be adversely affected.
Our success depends on our ability to recruit, retain, train and motivate highly-skilled management, sales, marketing and
engineering personnel. Competition for these persons in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit,
train or retain qualified personnel, or to effectively implement successions to existing personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit
the necessary personnel or arrange for successors to key personnel, our business and our ability to obtain new customers,
develop new products and provide acceptable levels of customer service could materially suffer. In addition, we cannot assure
you that these individuals will continue their employment with us. If any of these key personnel were to leave our company, it
could be difficult to replace them, and our business could be materially harmed.
We may incur significant costs for environmental compliance and/or to address liabilities under environmental laws and
regulations.
Our operations and facilities worldwide are subject to extensive laws and regulations related to pollution and the
protection of the environment, health and safety, including those governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharges to
water, the generation, handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous wastes and other materials, and the remediation of
contaminated sites. A failure by us to comply with applicable requirements or the permits required for our operations could
result in civil or criminal fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third-party claims for property damage and personal injury,
requirements to clean up property or to pay for the costs of cleanup or regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing
operations or requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions.
Some environmental laws and regulations impose requirements to investigate and remediate contamination on present
and former owners and operators of facilities and sites, and on potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) for sites to which such
parties may have sent waste for disposal. Such liability can be imposed without regard to fault and, under certain circumstances,
may be joint and several, resulting in one PRP being held responsible for the entire obligation. Liability may also include
damages to natural resources. On occasion we are involved in such investigations and/or cleanup, and also have been or could
be named as a PRP in environmental matters.
17
The discovery of additional contamination, including at acquired facilities, the imposition of more stringent
environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including cleanup requirements, disputes with our insurers or the
insolvency of other responsible parties could require us to incur significant capital expenditures or operating costs in excess of
our current reserves. Future investigations we undertake may lead to discoveries of contamination that must be remediated, and
decisions to close facilities may trigger remediation requirements that are not currently applicable. We may also face liability
for alleged personal injury or property damage due to exposure to hazardous substances used or disposed of by us, contained
within our current or former products, or present in the soil or groundwater at our current or former facilities. We could incur
significant costs in connection with such liabilities. See Part II Item 8, Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies to our audited
financial statements of this Annual Report.
Certain subsidiaries are subject to numerous asbestos claims, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
Certain subsidiaries are co-defendants in various lawsuits filed in a number of jurisdictions throughout the U.S. alleging
personal injury as a result of exposure to asbestos that was used in certain components of our products. The uncertainties of
litigation and the uncertainties related to the collection of insurance and indemnification coverage make it difficult to accurately
predict the ultimate financial effect of these claims. In the event our insurance or indemnification coverage becomes insufficient
to cover our potential financial exposure, or the actual number or value of asbestos-related claims differs materially from our
existing estimates, we could incur material costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows. See Part II Item 8, Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies to our audited financial
statements of this Annual Report.
Weather could adversely affect the demand for products in our Water Management platform and decrease its net sales.
Demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by commercial construction activity, remodeling and
retro-fit opportunities, and to a lesser extent, new home starts as well as water and wastewater infrastructure expansion for
municipal, industrial and hydropower applications. Weather is an important variable affecting financial performance as it
significantly impacts construction activity. Spring and summer months in the U.S. and Europe represent the main construction
seasons. Adverse weather conditions, such as prolonged periods of cold or rain, blizzards, hurricanes and other severe weather
patterns, could delay or halt construction and remodeling activity, which could have a negative effect on our business. For
example, an unusually severe winter can lead to reduced construction activity and magnify the seasonal decline in our Water
Management net sales and earnings during the winter months. In addition, a prolonged winter season can delay construction
and remodeling plans and hamper the typical seasonal increase in net sales and earnings during the spring months.
Our international operations are subject to uncertainties, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
Our business is subject to certain risks associated with doing business internationally. Approximately 33% of our total net
sales in fiscal 2013 originated outside of the U.S. The portion of our net sales and operations that is outside of the U.S. has
increased in recent years, and may further increase as a result of internal growth and/or acquisition activity. Accordingly, our
future results could be harmed by a variety of factors relating to international operations, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly fluctuations in the Euro against the U.S. dollar;
exchange controls;
compliance with export controls and trade compliance regulations;
tariffs or other trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
changes in tax laws;
interest rates;
changes in regulatory requirements;
differing labor regulations;
requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in
these jurisdictions;
restrictions on our ability to repatriate dividends from our subsidiaries; and
exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption laws in various countries, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act.
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could have
a material adverse effect on our international operations and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
18
We may be unable to identify potential acquisition candidates, or to realize the intended benefits of future or past
acquisitions.
We cannot assure you that suitable acquisition candidates will be identified and acquired in the future, that the financing
of any such acquisition will be available on satisfactory terms, that we will be able to complete any such acquisition or that we
will be able to accomplish our strategic objectives as a result of any such acquisition. Nor can we assure you that our
acquisition strategies will be successfully received by customers or achieve their intended benefits.
Acquisitions are often undertaken to improve the operating results of either or both of the acquirer and the acquired
company and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in this regard nor can we provide any assurance that we will be
able to realize all of the intended benefits from our prior acquisitions. We have encountered, and may encounter, various risks in
acquiring other companies including the possible inability to integrate an acquired business into our operations, potential failure
to realize anticipated benefits, diversion of management's attention, issues in customer transitions, potential inadequacies of
indemnities and other contractual remedies and unanticipated problems, risks or liabilities, including environmental, some or all
of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We may be unable to make necessary capital expenditures.
We periodically make capital investments to, among other things, maintain and upgrade our facilities and enhance our
products' processes. As we grow our businesses, we may have to incur significant capital expenditures. We believe that we will
be able to fund these expenditures through cash flow from operations and borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities.
However, our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior notes contain limitations that could affect
our ability to fund our future capital expenditures and other capital requirements. We cannot assure you that we will have, or be
able to obtain, adequate funds to make all necessary capital expenditures when required, or that the amount of future capital
expenditures will not be materially in excess of our anticipated or current expenditures. If we are unable to make necessary
capital expenditures, our product line may become dated, our productivity may be decreased and the quality of our products
may be adversely affected, which, in turn, could materially reduce our net sales and profitability.
Our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior notes contain various covenants that limit or
prohibit our ability, among other things, to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;
pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or make distributions in respect of our
capital stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other restricted payments;
make certain loans, acquisitions, capital expenditures or investments;
sell certain assets, including stock of our subsidiaries;
enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
create or incur liens;
consolidate, merge, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.
The indenture governing our senior notes contain covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as
incurring additional debt, if we are unable to meet defined specified financial ratios. As of March 31, 2013, our senior secured
bank leverage ratio was 1.09x. Failure to comply with the leverage covenant of the senior secured credit facilities can result in
limiting our long-term growth prospects by hindering our ability to incur future indebtedness or grow through acquisitions. A
breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt agreements. For more information, see Part II Item 7
"Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources".
The restrictions contained in the agreements that govern the terms of our debt could:
•
•
•
limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our
activities or business plans;
adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, to enter into strategic acquisitions, to fund
investments or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest; and
limit our access to the cash generated by our subsidiaries.
Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all
amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all
commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit
facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the senior secured credit facilities on a first-priority lien
basis. If the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, such acceleration could
19
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, we may not
have sufficient assets to repay our senior notes upon acceleration. For a more detailed description of the limitations on our
ability to incur additional indebtedness, see Part II Item 7 "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources".
We rely on intellectual property that may be misappropriated or otherwise successfully challenged.
We attempt to protect our intellectual property through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret
protection, as well as third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. We cannot assure you that any of our applications
for protection of our intellectual property rights will be approved and maintained or that our competitors will not infringe or
successfully challenge our intellectual property rights. We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that
others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To
protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants and advisors to enter into
confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade
secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. If we
are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our ability to sustain margins on some or all of our products
may be affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows. In addition, in the ordinary course of our operations, from time to time we pursue and are pursued in potential litigation
relating to the protection of certain intellectual property rights, including some of our more profitable products, such as
FlatTop™ chain. An adverse ruling in any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We could face potential product liability claims relating to products we manufacture or distribute.
We may be subject to additional product liability claims in the event that the use of our products, or the exposure to our
products or their raw materials, is alleged to have resulted in injury or other adverse effects. We currently maintain product
liability insurance coverage but we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such insurance on commercially reasonable
terms in the future, if at all, or that any such insurance will provide adequate coverage against claims. Product liability claims
can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless
of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, our business depends on the strong brand reputation we
have developed. In the event that this reputation is damaged as a result of a product liability claim, we may face difficulty in
maintaining our pricing positions and market share with respect to some of our products, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Part II Item 8, Note 19 - Commitments and
Contingencies to our audited financial statements of this Annual Report.
We, our customers and our shippers have unionized employees who may stage work stoppages which could seriously impact
the profitability of our business.
As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately 7,300 employees, of whom approximately 4,400 were employed in the U.S.
Approximately 500 of our U.S. employees are represented by labor unions. Additionally, approximately 1,800 of our employees
reside in Europe, where trade union membership is common. Although we believe that our relations with our employees are
currently strong, if our unionized workers were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown in the future, we could
experience a significant disruption of our operations, which could interfere with our ability to deliver products on a timely basis
and could have other negative effects, such as decreased productivity and increased labor costs. Such negative effects could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, if a greater
percentage of our workforce becomes unionized, our business and financial results could be affected in a material adverse
manner. Further, many of our direct and indirect customers and their suppliers, and organizations responsible for shipping our
products, have unionized workforces and their businesses may be impacted by strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns, any of
which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We could incur substantial business interruptions as the result of updating our Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”)
systems.
Utilizing a phased approach, we are updating our ERP systems across both our Process & Motion Control and Water
Management platforms. If these updates are unsuccessful, we could incur substantial business interruptions, including the
inability to perform routine business transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.
Further, these updates may not result in the benefits we intend or be implemented on a timely basis.
20
Our required cash contributions to our pension plans may increase further and we could experience a material change in
the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and the amount recorded in our consolidated balance sheets related
to those plans. Additionally, our pension costs could increase in future years.
The funded status of the defined benefit pension plans depends on such factors as asset returns, market interest rates,
legislative changes and funding regulations. If the returns on the assets of any of our plans were to decline in future periods, if
market interest rates were to decline, if the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) were to require additional
contributions to any such plans as a result of acquisitions or if other actuarial assumptions were to be modified, our future
required cash contributions and pension costs to such plans could increase. Any such increases could have a material and
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The need to make contributions, which may be substantial, to such plans may reduce the cash available to meet our other
obligations, including our debt obligations with respect to our senior secured credit facilities and our senior notes or to meet the
needs of our business. In addition, the PBGC may terminate our U.S. defined benefit pension plans under limited
circumstances, including in the event the PBGC concludes that the risk may increase unreasonably if such plans continue. In the
event a U.S. defined benefit pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, we could be required to make an
immediate payment to the PBGC of all or a substantial portion of such plan's underfunding, as calculated by the PBGC based
on its own assumptions (which might result in a larger obligation than that based on the assumptions we have used to fund such
plan), and the PBGC could place a lien on material amounts of our assets.
The cost to provide employee healthcare insurance and/or benefits could increase in the future.
The Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”), which was adopted in 2010 and is being phased in over several years, significantly
affects the provision of both healthcare services and benefits in the U.S. It is possible that the ACA will negatively affect our
cost of providing health insurance and/or benefits, and may also impact various other aspects of our business. While the ACA
did not have a material impact on the Company in fiscal 2013, management is continuing to assess the future impact that the
ACA could have on the our healthcare benefit costs.
Our goodwill and intangible assets are valued at an amount that is high relative to our total assets, and a write-off of all or a
portion of our recorded amounts would negatively affect our operating results and financial condition.
As of March 31, 2013, goodwill and intangible assets totaled $1,118.4 million and $613.5 million, respectively. These
assets result from our acquisitions, representing the excess of cost over the fair value of the tangible net assets we have
acquired. We assess at least annually whether there has been an impairment in the value of our goodwill and indefinite lived
intangible assets. If future operating performance at one or more of our business units were to fall significantly below forecast
levels, if interest rates rise or there are other macroeconomic factors that affect the value of these units, we could incur a non-
cash charge to operating earnings. Any determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of goodwill or intangible
assets would negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition, particularly in the period in which we take any
related charges.
Our historical financial data is not comparable to our current financial condition and results of operations because of our
use of purchase accounting in connection with various acquisitions.
It may be difficult for you to compare both our historical and future results. Our acquisitions were accounted for utilizing
the purchase method of accounting, which resulted in a new valuation for the assets and liabilities to their fair values. This new
basis of accounting began on the date of the consummation of each transaction. Also, until our purchase price allocations are
finalized for an acquisition (generally less than one year after the acquisition date), our allocation of the excess purchase price
over the book value of the net assets acquired is considered preliminary and subject to future adjustment.
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your common stock at or
above the price you paid for your common stock. The market price for our common stock could fluctuate significantly for
various reasons, including: our operating and financial performance and prospects; our quarterly or annual earnings or those of
other companies in our industry; conditions that impact demand for our products and services; future announcements
concerning our business or our competitors' businesses; the public's reaction to our press releases, other public announcements
and filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"); changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by
securities analysts who track our common stock or industry; market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in
pursuing our growth and other strategies; strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as restructurings or acquisitions
(including the issuance of shares in connection with an acquisition); changes in government and environmental laws and
regulation (or interpretation or enforcement thereof); changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or
principles; arrival or departure of key personnel; the number of shares publicly traded; sales of common stock by us, Apollo or
its affiliated funds or members of our board or management team; adverse resolution of new or pending litigation against us;
21
and changes in general market, economic and political conditions in the United States and global economies or financial
markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war and responses to such events.
In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent years. This volatility has
had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industries.
The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the
price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations
could materially reduce our share price.
We currently have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common stock, so you may not receive funds without selling
your common stock.
We currently have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common stock. Any payment of future dividends will be at
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital
requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends, and other
considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. The terms governing our outstanding debt also include limitations on
the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your common stock in
order to generate cash flow from your investment.
Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more indebtedness, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The terms of the indenture governing our senior notes and our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on our
ability to incur additional indebtedness. These restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions,
and the indebtedness, if any, incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Accordingly, we or our
subsidiaries could incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Additional leverage could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows and could increase the risks described in "Our
substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to
react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from making debt service payments," and "Our debt agreements
impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows."
The costs and requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract management.
As a company with publicly-traded equity securities, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and increasingly stringent laws, regulation and other requirements, including those
created by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"). These laws affect, among other areas, our accounting, internal controls, corporate
governance practices, securities disclosures and reporting. The Dodd-Frank Act, effects comprehensive changes to public
company governance and disclosures in the United States and will subject us to additional federal regulation, which has not yet
been finalized and or fully implemented. For example, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC recently adopted disclosure
requirements related to the use of specified minerals ("conflict minerals") that are necessary to the functionality or production
of products manufactured, or contracted to be manufactured by publicly-held companies. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control for financial reporting.
These requirements increase our costs, may place a strain on our systems and resources, and may divert management's
attention from other business concerns. Further, our failure to comply with any of the above requirements could materially
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
22
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
Within Process & Motion Control, as of March 31, 2013, we had 37 principal manufacturing, warehouse and repair
facilities, 25 of which are located in North America, six in Europe, one in Australia, two in South America and three in Asia.
All of our facilities listed below are suitable for their respective operations and provide sufficient capacity to meet reasonably
foreseeable production requirements.
We own and lease our Process & Motion Control facilities throughout the United States and in several foreign countries.
Listed below are the locations of our principal Process & Motion Control manufacturing, warehouse and repair facilities:
Facility Location
Product/Use
Size (square feet)
Owned/Leased
North America
Auburn, AL
Clinton, TN
Cudahy, WI
Downers Grove, IL (2 facilities)
Grafton, WI
Grove City, OH
Indianapolis, IN
Lincoln, NE
Mandeville, LA
Mexico City, Mexico
Milwaukee, WI
New Berlin, WI
New Berlin, WI
New Orleans, LA
Rockford, IL
Salt Lake City, UT
Simi Valley, CA (2 facilities)
Stuarts Draft, VA
Taylors, SC
Toronto, Canada
Toronto, Canada
West Milwaukee, WI
Wheeling, IL
Europe
Betzdorf, Germany
Corregio, Italy
Dortmund, Germany (2 facilities)
Gloucestershire, England
Gravenzande, Netherlands
South America
Sao Leopoldo, Brazil
Santiago, Chile
Australia
Newcastle, Australia
Asia
Changzhou, China
Taicang, China
Thane, India
Coupling
Industrial Bearings
Special Components
Aerospace
Flattop
Warehouse
Industrial Bearings
Coupling
Gear
Warehouse and Gear
Gear
Gear Repair
Coupling
Gear Repair
Coupling
Warehouse
Aerospace
Gear
Warehouse
Gear Repair
Warehouse
Industrial Chain
Aerospace
Industrial Chain
Flattop
Coupling
Coupling
Flattop
Industrial Chain
Gear Repair
Gear
Gear and Coupling
Flattop
Coupling
23
133,000
180,000
100,000
248,000
95,000
73,000
527,000
34,000
18,000
36,000
1,100,000
47,000
54,000
54,000
16,000
29,000
55,000
97,000
48,000
30,000
33,000
370,000
83,000
179,000
81,000
98,000
20,000
100,000
77,000
15,000
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned/Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
65,000
Owned
206,000
28,000
11,000
Leased
Leased
Leased
Within Water Management, as of March 31, 2013, we had 25 principal manufacturing and warehouse facilities, 19 of
which are located in North America, three in Europe and three in Asia, as set forth below:
Product/Use
Size (square feet)
Owned/Leased
Facility Location
North America
Abilene, Texas
Calgary, Canada
Commerce, Texas
Commercial Brass
Warehouse
PEX
Cranberry TWP., Pennsylvania
Water and Wastewater
Dallas, Texas
Elkhart, Indiana
Erie, Pennsylvania
Erie, Pennsylvania
Harborcreek, Pennsylvania
Levittown, Pennsylvania
Mars, Pennsylvania
Mississauga, Ontario
Mississauga, Ontario
Norcross, Georgia
Ontario, California
Orange, Massachusetts
Paso Robles, California
Sanford, North Carolina
Sanford, North Carolina
Europe
Hodonin, Czech Republic
Mannheim, Germany
Warsaw, Poland
Asia
Secunderabad, India
Taicang, China (2 facilities)
Warehouse
PEX
Specification Drainage
Specification Drainage
Specification Drainage/PEX
Manufacturing/Warehouse
Water and Wastewater
Manufacturing/Warehouse
Warehouse
Warehouse
Warehouse
Water and Wastewater
Water Control
Commercial Brass
Warehouse
Water and Wastewater
Water and Wastewater
Warehouse
Water and Wastewater
Water and Wastewater
177,000
19,000
175,000
37,000
52,000
110,000
210,000
119,000
91,000
67,000
63,000
28,000
26,000
96,000
115,000
250,000
158,000
78,000
24,000
1,240,000
356,000
71,000
79,000
265,000
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
In addition, we lease various sales offices, and an engineering and sourcing center in China. We also own
approximately 31,000 square feet of manufacturing space in Bridgeport, Connecticut; approximately 16,500 square feet of sales
office space in Magog, Quebec, and lease approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in West Palm Beach, Florida and
31,000 square feet of warehouse space in Deer Park, Texas.
We believe our Process & Motion Control and Water Management properties are sufficient for our current and future
anticipated needs.
24
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
Information with respect to our legal proceedings is contained in Part II Item 8, Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies
to the consolidated financial statements of this report.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of the date of this report:
Name
Todd A. Adams
Mark W. Peterson
Praveen R. Jeyarajah
Age
42
41
45
Position(s)
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President-Corporate & Business
Development
In Current
Position(s) since
2009
2011
2010
Information about the business experience of our executive officers during the past five fiscal years is as follows:
Todd A. Adams became our President and Chief Executive Officer in 2009. Mr. Adams joined us in 2004 as Vice
President, Treasurer and Controller; he has also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2008 to 2009
and as President of the Water Management platform in 2009.
Mark W. Peterson became our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in November 2011. Mr. Peterson
previously served as Vice President and Controller of Rexnord from 2008 to 2011 and as a Rexnord Divisional CFO from 2006
to 2008. Mr. Peterson is a certified public accountant.
Praveen R. Jeyarajah became our Executive Vice President-Corporate & Business Development in 2010. Also,
Mr. Jeyarajah became a Company director in connection with the Carlyle Acquisition in 2002 and served in that capacity until
the Apollo acquisition in July 2006; he again served as a director from October 2006 through June 2012. Prior to becoming our
Executive Vice President-Corporate & Business Development, Mr. Jeyarajah was a Managing Director at Cypress Group, LLC
from 2006 to 2010 and a Director of Jacuzzi Brands Corp. until 2010.
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “RXN” since March
29, 2012. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the
indicated period the high and low sales prices per share for our common stock on the NYSE:
PART II
Fiscal 2012
Fourth quarter (from March 29, 2012)
Fiscal 2013
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
High
$21.50
High
$22.83
$21.58
$21.90
$22.45
Low
$19.00
Low
$18.92
$14.87
$16.38
$19.20
As of May 15, 2013, there were 97,211,033 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 16 holders of record. We
believe the number of beneficial owners of our common stock exceeds 500.
Dividend Policy
We did not pay any dividends in fiscal 2013 or 2012. We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the
operation of our business and to fund future growth. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures
governing our senior notes limit our ability to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock. The decision whether
25
to pay dividends will be made by our Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our
results of operations, financial condition and requirements, business conditions and covenants under any applicable contractual
arrangements.
Performance Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return of our common stock over the last fiscal
year with the Standard & Poor's (the "S&P") 500 Index and the Russell 2000 Index as of the quarterly periods ended as of the
indicated dates. We chose the Russell 2000 Index because it represents companies with a market capitalization similar to that of
Rexnord. The graph assumes the value of the investment in our common stock and each index was $100 on March 30, 2012
and that all dividends were reinvested. The shareholder return shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future
performance and the indices included do not necessarily reflect management's opinion that such indices are an appropriate
measure of the relative performance of Rexnord's stock.
3/12
6/12
9/12
12/12
3/13
Rexnord Corporation
S&P 500 Index
Russell 2000 Index
$
$
$
100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00 $
94.98 $
96.71 $
96.17 $
86.35 $
100.86 $
102.29 $
98.96 $
99.57 $
100.22 $
100.62
111.41
114.60
26
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following table of selected historical financial information is based on our consolidated financial statements,
including those included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data. Our fiscal year is the year ending March 31 of the corresponding calendar year. For example, our fiscal year 2013, or
fiscal 2013, means the period from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013. The Statement of Operations, Other Data and Balance
Sheet Data are derived from our audited financial statements.
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)
Statement of Operations:
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Zurn PEX loss contingency (4)
Intangible impairment charges
Restructuring and other similar costs
Amortization of intangible assets
Income (loss) from operations
Non-operating income (expense):
Interest expense, net
(Loss) gain on the extinguishment of debt
Loss on divestiture (5)
Other (expense) income, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)
$
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations (6):
Basic
Diluted
$
$
Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
Basic
Effect of dilutive stock options
$
$
$
$
Diluted
Other Data:
Net cash provided by (used for):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets
Capital expenditures
Year Ended
March 31, 2013
(1)
Year Ended
March 31, 2012
(2)
Year Ended
March 31, 2011
Year Ended
March 31, 2010
Year Ended
March 31, 2009
(3)
$
2,005.1
1,273.7
$
1,944.2
$
1,674.9
$
1,489.3
$
1,254.1
690.1
387.1
—
—
6.8
50.9
245.3
(176.2)
(10.7)
(6.4)
(7.1)
44.9
9.4
35.5
(5.6)
29.9
0.53
0.50
(0.08)
(0.08)
0.45
0.42
66,751
5,314
72,065
139.3
(324.2)
93.2
114.0
58.5
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,082.4
592.5
326.7
—
—
—
48.6
217.2
(180.8)
(100.8)
—
1.1
(63.3)
(10.2)
(53.1)
1.8
(51.3)
(0.80)
(0.80)
0.03
0.03
(0.77)
(0.77)
66,757
—
66,757
164.5
(35.5)
(6.9)
105.9
37.6
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
977.6
511.7
295.3
—
—
6.6
49.7
160.1
(194.2)
167.8
—
(16.4)
117.3
30.3
87.0
1.1
88.1
1.30
1.25
0.02
0.02
1.32
1.27
66,753
2,410
69,163
155.5
(22.0)
(161.5)
109.1
22.0
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,861.4
1,271.1
590.3
465.3
—
422.0
24.0
48.9
(369.9)
(230.4)
103.7
—
(3.0)
(499.6)
(71.8)
(427.8)
(1.2)
(429.0)
(6.41)
(6.41)
(0.02)
(0.02)
(6.43)
(6.43)
66,728
—
66,728
155.0
(54.5)
36.6
108.0
39.1
731.4
406.2
10.1
—
8.6
51.1
255.4
(153.3)
(24.0)
—
(2.9)
75.2
20.3
54.9
(4.8)
50.1
0.57
0.55
(0.05)
(0.05)
0.52
0.50
95,972
3,894
99,866
144.5
(81.8)
165.7
112.4
60.1
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
27
(in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (7)
Total assets
Total debt (8)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
_______________________
2013
2012
March 31,
2011
2010
2009
$
524.1
$
298.0
$
391.0
$
263.9
$
638.9
3,473.8
2,131.6
428.5
549.7
3,290.9
2,423.7
(80.8)
486.8
3,099.7
2,314.1
(88.2)
484.6
3,016.5
2,215.5
(57.5)
287.9
558.1
3,218.8
2,526.1
(177.8)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2013 reflects the acquisition of Cline subsequent to
December 13, 2012 and excludes the assets associated with a divestiture of an engineered chain business located in
Shanghai, China on December 18, 2012. As a result, the comparability of the operating results for the period
presented is affected by the revaluation of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisitions
and the assets divested on the date of that divestiture.
Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2012 reflects the acquisition of Autogard
subsequent to April 2, 2011 and VAG subsequent to October 10, 2011 and excludes the assets associated with a
divestiture of a German subsidiary on July 19, 2011. As a result, the comparability of the operating results for the
period presented is affected by the revaluation of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the date of the
acquisitions and the assets divested on the date of that divestiture.
Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2009 reflects the fair value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed in connection with the Fontaine acquisition on February 27, 2009. As a result, the
comparability of the operating results for the periods presented is affected by the revaluation of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed on the date of the Fontaine acquisition.
In the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company recognized a $10.1 million incremental charge related to a legal
settlement reached in connection with ongoing litigation associated with alleged failure or anticipated failure of Zurn
brass fittings.
On July 19, 2011, the Company sold substantially all of the net assets of a non-material business based in Germany.
The Company recorded a pre-tax loss on divestiture of approximately $6.4 million during fiscal 2012.
The Company's IPO closed on April 3, 2012. Therefore, the common stock issued in connection with the IPO is not
included in the outstanding shares as of March 31, 2012 or any prior date.
Working capital represents total current assets less total current liabilities.
Total debt represents long-term debt plus the current portion of long-term debt.
28
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion of results of operations and financial condition covers periods prior to the acquisition of
Autogard Holdings Limited and affiliates ("Autogard"), VAG Holdings GmbH and affiliates ("VAG"), and Cline Acquisition
Corporation ("Cline"), and the divestiture of a non-material, underperforming business (the "divestiture"). Our financial
performance includes Autogard subsequent to April 2, 2011, VAG subsequent to October 10, 2011, Cline subsequent to
December 13, 2012, and excludes the divestiture subsequent to July 19, 2011. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis does
not reflect the impact of the Autogard, VAG, and Cline transactions or the divestiture prior to their respective dates. On
December 18, 2012 the Company divested of a non-core, engineered chain business located in Shanghai, China and have
presented the results of this divested operation as discontinued operations. Prior year financial statements have been
reclassified in accordance with ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations. You should read the following discussion of our
financial condition and results of operations together with Item 6, Selected Financial Data and Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data. Our fiscal year is the year ending March 31 of the corresponding calendar year. For example, our fiscal
year 2013, or fiscal 2013, means the period from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not
limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this report. Actual results may differ materially from
those contained in any forward-looking statements. See also “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”
found elsewhere in this report.
The information contained in this section is provided as a supplement to the audited consolidated financial statements and
the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in
our financial condition and results of our operations. This section is organized as follows:
Company Overview. This section provides a general description of our business.
Restructuring and Other Similar Costs. This section provides a description of the restructuring actions we executed
to reduce operating costs and improve profitability.
Financial Statement Presentation. This section provides a brief description of certain items and accounting policies
that appear in our financial statements and general factors that impact these items.
Critical Accounting Estimates. This section discusses the accounting policies and estimates that we consider to be
important to our financial condition and results of operations and that require significant judgment and estimates on the
part of management in their application.
Results of Operations. This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for our fiscal years ended
March 31, 2013 and 2012 in each case as compared to the prior period's performance.
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. This section provides an explanation of certain Non-GAAP financial measures we
use.
Covenant Compliance. This section provides a description of certain restrictive covenants with which our senior
secured credit facilities require us to comply.
Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for our fiscal years ended
March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, as well as a discussion of our indebtedness and its potential effects on our liquidity.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations. This section provides a discussion of our commitments as of
March 31, 2013.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. This section discusses our exposure to potential losses
arising from adverse changes in interest rates and commodity prices.
Company Overview
We believe we are a growth-oriented, multi-platform industrial company with what we believe are leading market shares
and highly trusted brands that serve a diverse array of global end-markets. Our heritage of innovation and specification have
allowed us to provide highly engineered, mission critical solutions to customers for decades and affords us the privilege of
having long-term, valued relationships with market leaders. We operate our company in a disciplined way and the Rexnord
Business System ("RBS") is our operating philosophy. Grounded in the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS creates a
scalable, process-based framework that focuses on driving superior customer satisfaction and financial results by targeting
world-class operating performance throughout all aspects of our business.
29
Restructuring and Other Similar Costs
During fiscal 2013, we continued to execute various restructuring actions initiated in the prior fiscal year. These
restructuring actions were implemented to reduce operating costs while also modifying our footprint to reflect changes in the
markets we serves and the impact of acquisitions on our overall manufacturing capacity. The restructuring actions primarily
resulted in workforce reductions and lease terminations. We recorded restructuring charges of $8.6 million during fiscal 2013.
We recorded restructuring charges of $6.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, primarily consisting of severance
costs related to workforce reductions and the consolidation of certain North American water and waste water treatment
facilities. We did not record any restructuring charges during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.
Financial Statement Presentation
The following paragraphs provide a brief description of certain items and accounting policies that appear in our financial
statements and general factors that impact these items.
Net Sales. Net sales represent gross sales less deductions taken for sales returns and allowances and incentive rebate
programs.
Cost of Sales. Cost of sales includes all costs of manufacturing required to bring a product to a ready for sale condition.
Such costs include direct and indirect materials, direct and indirect labor costs, including fringe benefits, supplies, utilities,
depreciation, insurance, pension and postretirement benefits, information technology costs and other manufacturing related
costs.
The largest component of our cost of sales is cost of materials, which represented approximately 36% of net sales in
fiscal 2013. The principal materials used in our Process & Motion Control manufacturing processes are commodities that are
available from numerous sources and include sheet, plate and bar steel, castings, forgings, high-performance engineered
plastics and a wide variety of other components. Within Water Management, we purchase a broad range of materials and
components throughout the world in connection with our manufacturing activities. Major raw materials and components
include bar steel, brass, castings, copper, forgings, high-performance engineered plastic, plate steel, resin, sheet plastic and
zinc. We have a strategic sourcing program to significantly reduce the number of direct and indirect suppliers we use and to
lower the cost of purchased materials. The next largest component of our cost of sales is direct and indirect labor, which
represented approximately 15% of net sales in fiscal 2013.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily includes sales and
marketing, finance and administration, engineering and technical services and distribution. Our major cost elements include
salary and wages, fringe benefits, pension and postretirement benefits, insurance, depreciation, advertising, travel and
information technology costs.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our critical accounting policies have a significant impact on
the results we report in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an on-going basis.
We base our estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Our experience and assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not
readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may vary from what we anticipate and different assumptions or estimates
about the future could change our reported results. Within the context of these critical accounting policies, we are not currently
aware of any reasonably likely event that would result in materially different amounts being reported.
We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical to us in that they are important to our financial
statements and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of our consolidated financial
statements.
Revenue recognition. Net sales are recorded upon transfer of title and risk of product loss to the customer. Net sales
relating to any particular shipment are based upon the amount invoiced for the delivered goods less estimated future rebate
payments and sales returns which are based upon historical experience. Revisions to these estimates are recorded in the period
in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. The value of returned goods during the years ended March 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately 1.0% or less of net sales. Other than a standard product warranty, there are no other
significant post-shipment obligations.
Receivables. Receivables are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $7.7 million at March 31, 2013 and $6.2
million at March 31, 2012. On a regular basis, we evaluate our receivables and establish the allowance for doubtful accounts
based on a combination of specific customer circumstances and historical write-off experience. Credit is extended to customers
based upon an evaluation of their financial position. Generally, advance payment is not required. Credit losses are provided for
in the consolidated financial statements and consistently have been within management’s expectations.
30
Inventory. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market is determined based on estimated net realizable
values. Approximately 50% and 60% of the Company’s total inventories as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were
valued using the “last-in, first-out” (LIFO) method. All remaining inventories are valued using the “first-in, first-out” (FIFO)
method. The valuation of inventories includes material, labor and overhead and requires management to determine the amount
of manufacturing variances to capitalize into inventories. We capitalize material, labor and overhead variances into inventories
based upon estimates of key drivers, which generally include raw material purchases (for material variances), standard labor
(for labor variances) and calculations of inventory turnover (for overhead variances).
In some cases we have determined a certain portion of our inventories are excess or obsolete. In those cases, we write
down the value of those inventories to their net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market
conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-
downs may be required. The total write-down of inventories charged to expense was $4.9 million, $2.6 million and $3.9
million, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Impairment of intangible assets and tangible fixed assets. Our intangible assets and tangible fixed assets are held at
historical cost, net of depreciation and amortization, less any provision for impairment.
Intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of their legal life or estimated useful life as follows:
Trademarks and tradenames
Patents
Customer relationships
No amortization (indefinite life)
2 to 15 years
1 to 15 years
Tangible fixed assets are depreciated to their residual values on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as
follows:
Land
Buildings and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Computer hardware and software
No depreciation
10 to 30 years
5 to 10 years
3 to 5 years
An impairment review of specifically identifiable amortizable intangible or tangible fixed assets is performed if an
indicator of impairment, such as an operating loss or cash outflow from operating activities or a significant adverse change in
the business or market place, exists. Estimates of future cash flows used to test the asset for impairment are based on current
operating projections extended to the useful life of the asset group and are, by their nature, subjective.
Our recorded goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment or
whenever circumstances indicate that impairment may exist using a discounted cash flow methodology based on future
business projections and a market value approach. The estimated fair value of the Company's reporting units was dependent on
several significant assumptions, including its weighted average cost of capital (discount rate) and future earnings and cash flow
projection
We expect to recognize amortization expense on the intangible assets subject to amortization of $49.7 million in fiscal
2014, fiscal 2015, and fiscal 2016, $30.6 million in fiscal 2017, and $20.1 million in fiscal 2018.
Retirement benefits. We have significant pension and post-retirement benefit income and expense and assets/liabilities
that are developed from actuarial valuations. These valuations include key assumptions regarding discount rates, expected
return on plan assets, mortality rates, merit and promotion increases and the current health care cost trend rate. We consider
current market conditions in selecting these assumptions. Changes in the related pension and post-retirement benefit income/
costs or assets/liabilities may occur in the future due to changes in the assumptions and changes in asset values.
We recognize the net actuarial gains or losses in excess of unrecognized gain or loss exceeding 10 percent of the greater
of the market-related value of plan assets or the plan's projected benefit obligation at re-measurement (the "corridor") in the
Corporate segment operating results during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year (or upon any re-measurement date). Net
periodic benefit costs recorded on a quarterly basis are primarily comprised of service and interest cost, amortization of
unrecognized prior service cost and the expected return on plan assets. See Part II Item 8, Note 16 Retirement Benefits to the
consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report for additional information.
31
The obligation for postretirement benefits other than pension also is actuarially determined and is affected by
assumptions including the discount rate and expected future increase in per capita costs of covered postretirement health care
benefits. Changes in the discount rate and differences between actual and assumed per capita health care costs may affect the
recorded amount of the expense in future periods.
Income taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant
judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets and
liabilities.
We assess our income tax positions and record tax liabilities for all years subject to examination based upon
management's evaluation of the facts and circumstances and information available at the reporting dates. For those income tax
positions where it is more-likely-than-not that a tax benefit will be sustained upon the conclusion of an examination, we have
recorded the largest amount of tax benefit having a cumulatively greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate
settlement with the applicable taxing authority, assuming that it has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those tax
positions which do not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold regarding the ultimate realization of the related tax benefit, no
tax benefit has been recorded in the financial statements. In addition, we have provided for interest and penalties, as applicable,
and record such amounts as a component of the overall income tax provision.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, net operating losses, tax credit and other carryforwards. We regularly review our
deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical losses, projected future taxable
income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. As a result of this review, we have
established a valuation allowance against substantially all of our deferred tax assets relating to certain foreign and state net
operating loss carryforwards and a partial valuation allowance against certain others; as well as a partial valuation allowance
against foreign tax credit carryforwards.
Commitments and Contingencies. We are subject to proceedings, lawsuits and other claims related to environmental,
labor, product and other matters. We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these
matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. We determine the amount of reserves needed, if any, for each individual
issue based on our professional knowledge and experience and discussions with legal counsel. The required reserves may
change in the future due to new developments in each matter, the ultimate resolution of each matter or changes in approach,
such as a change in settlement strategy.
Through acquisitions, we have assumed presently recorded and potential future liabilities relating to product liability,
environmental and other claims. We have recorded reserves for claims related to these obligations when appropriate and, on
certain occasions, have obtained the assistance of an independent actuary in the determination of those reserves. If actual
experience deviates from our estimates, we may need to record adjustments to these liabilities in future periods.
Warranty Reserves. Reserves are recorded on our consolidated balance sheets to reflect our contractual liabilities relating
to warranty commitments to our customers. We provide warranty coverage of various lengths and terms to our customers
depending on standard offerings and negotiated contractual agreements. We record an estimate for warranty expense at the time
of sale based on historical warranty return rates and repair costs. Should future warranty experience differ materially from our
historical experience, we may be required to record additional warranty reserves which could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations in the period in which these additional reserves are required.
Environmental Liabilities. We accrue an estimated liability for each environmental matter when the likelihood of an
unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of loss associated with such unfavorable outcome is reasonably estimable. We
presume that a matter is probable of an unfavorable outcome if (a) litigation has commenced or a claim has been asserted or if
commencement of litigation or assertion of a claim is probable and (b) if we are somehow associated with the site. In addition,
if the reporting entity has been named as a Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”), an unfavorable outcome is presumed.
Estimating environmental remediation liabilities involves an array of issues at any point in time. In the early stages of the
process, cost estimates can be difficult to derive because of uncertainties about a variety of factors. For this reason, estimates
developed in the early stages of remediation can vary significantly, and, in many cases, early estimates later require significant
revision. The following are some of the factors that are integral to developing cost estimates:
•
•
•
•
•
The extent and types of hazardous substances at a site;
The impact, if any, on natural resources and third parties
The range of technologies that can be used for remediation;
Evolving standards of what constitutes acceptable remediation; and
The number and financial condition of other PRPs and the extent of their responsibility for the remediation.
32
An estimate of the range of an environmental remediation liability typically is derived by combining estimates of various
components of the liability, which themselves are likely to be ranges. At the early stages of the remediation process, particular
components of the overall liability may not be reasonably estimable. This fact does not preclude our recognition of a liability.
Rather, the components of the liability that can be reasonably estimated are viewed as a surrogate for the minimum in the range
of our overall liability. Estimated legal and consulting fees are included as a component of our overall liability.
Asbestos Claims and Insurance for Asbestos Claims. As noted in Part II Item 8, Note 19 - Commitments and
Contingencies of notes to the consolidated financial statements, of this Annual Report, certain Water Management subsidiaries
are subject to asbestos litigation. As a result, we have recorded a liability for pending and potential future asbestos claims, as
well as a receivable for insurance coverage of such liability. The valuation of our potential asbestos liability was based on the
number and severity of future asbestos claims, future settlement costs, and the effectiveness of defense strategies and settlement
initiatives.
The present estimate of our asbestos liability assumes (i) our continuous vigorous defense strategy will remain effective;
(ii) new asbestos claims filed annually against Zurn will decline modestly through the next ten years; (iii) the values by disease
will remain consistent with past experience and (iv) our insurers will continue to pay defense costs without eroding the
coverage amounts of our insurance policies. Our potential asbestos liability could be adversely affected by changes in law and
other factors beyond our control. Further, while our current asbestos liability is based on an estimate of claims through the next
ten years, such liability may continue beyond that time period and such liability could be substantial.
We estimate that our available insurance to cover our potential asbestos liability as of the end of fiscal 2013 is greater
than our potential asbestos liability. This conclusion was reached after considering our experience in asbestos litigation, the
insurance payments made to date by our insurance carriers, existing insurance policies, the industry ratings of the insurers and
the advice of insurance coverage counsel with respect to applicable insurance coverage law relating to the terms and conditions
of those policies. We used these same considerations when evaluating the recoverability of our receivable for insurance
coverage of potential asbestos claims.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued another update to Accounting Standards
Codifications ("ASC") No. 220, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to provide information about
the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to
present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, certain significant amounts
reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. This guidance is
effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012, with early
adoption permitted. As this new guidance is related to presentation only, the implementation of this guidance in the first quarter
of fiscal year 2014 will not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In June 2011, the FASB issued an update to ASC No. 220, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which no longer
permits presentation of other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of stockholders’ equity. The Company
adopted this guidance effective April 1, 2012. As the new guidance relates to presentation only, the adoption did not have a
significant impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In July 2012, the FASB issued an update to ASC No. 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, which now permits entities
to initially perform a qualitative assessment on indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment to assess whether it is more likely
than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, as a result of the qualitative
assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than
its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. In addition, in
September 2011, the FASB issued a similar update which also permits entities to initially perform a qualitative assessment on
goodwill impairment to assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying
amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. An entity also has
the option to forgo the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset or goodwill in any period and proceed
directly to performing the quantitative test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any
subsequent period. We have opted to forgo the qualitative assessment and, as required, we performed a quantitative test for our
annual impairment tests performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2013.
33
Evaluation of Subsequent Events
We evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date of March 31, 2013 through the date of this filing.
Subsequent to the balance sheet date the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement relating to the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which reduced the effective rate applicable to the borrowings under its term loan
facility by seventy-five (75) basis points. In connection with the Incremental Assumption Agreement, the Company made a
$150.0 million prepayment of the term loan facility. The amount of the $150.0 million prepayment was classified in current
maturities of debt on the balance sheet at March 31, 2013. See Part II Item 8 Note 24 Subsequent Events for further
information.
Results of Operations
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012:
Net sales
(Dollars in Millions)
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Consolidated
Process & Motion Control
Year Ended
March 31,
2013
March 31,
2012
Change
% Change
$
$
1,266.1
739.0
2,005.1
$
$
1,310.7
633.5
1,944.2
$
$
(44.6)
105.5
60.9
(3.4)%
16.7 %
3.1 %
Process & Motion Control net sales for the year ended March 31, 2013 was $1,266.1 million compared to $1,310.7
million in the prior year. Core net sales (which excludes 2.4% related to adverse foreign currency fluctuations and the
unfavorable impact of our second quarter fiscal 2012 divestiture) decreased 1% over the prior year as growth in sales to our
mining, energy and aerospace end-markets was offset by slower global industrial demand in our remaining end-markets.
Water Management
Water Management net sales for the year ended March 31, 2013 increased 16.7% to $739.0 million compared to the prior
year primarily due to the acquisition of VAG in October 2012. Core net sales increased 1% as market share gains and increased
alternative market sales within our non-residential construction end-markets were partially offset by expected lower shipments
to our North American municipal water end-markets.
Income (loss) from operations
(Dollars in Millions)
Year Ended
March 31,
2013
March 31,
2012
Change
% Change
Process & Motion Control
$
232.2
$
233.8
$
% of net sales
Water Management
% of net sales
Corporate
Consolidated
% of net sales
Process & Motion Control
18.3%
67.9
9.2%
(44.7)
255.4
12.7%
$
17.8%
51.2
8.1%
(39.7)
245.3
12.6%
$
$
(1.6)
0.5%
16.7
1.1%
(5.0)
10.1
0.1%
(0.7)%
32.6 %
(12.6)%
4.1 %
Process & Motion Control income from operations for the year ended March 31, 2013 was $232.2 million, or 18.3% of
net sales. Ongoing restructuring initiatives impacted operating performance for the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 by
$6.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Excluding the impact of restructuring, income from operations as a percent of sales
increased 90 basis points from the prior year to 18.8%. The improvement in fiscal 2013 operating margin resulted from
productivity gains and efficiencies as well as the realization of cost savings associated with our previously implemented
restructuring programs, which was partially offset by investments in growth initiatives.
34
Water Management
Water Management income from operations for the year ended March 31, 2013 increased 32.4% to $67.9 million, or
9.2% of net sales. Previously announced restructuring initiatives impacted operating performance for the year end March 31,
2013 and 2012 by $2.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively. Additionally, income from operations in fiscal year 2012
included an inventory fair value adjustment primarily related to the acquisition of VAG. Excluding these items, income from
operations as a percent of sales increased 17.4% over the comparable prior year to 9.5%.
Corporate
Corporate expenses were $44.7 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $39.7 million in fiscal 2012. The increase was
primarily due to a $10.1 million incremental charge taken in the second quarter of fiscal 2013 related to a legal settlement in
connection with ongoing litigation associated with alleged failure or potential future failure of Zurn brass fittings. See Part II
Item 8, Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies for additional information. The $10.1 million of incremental expense was
primarily offset by lower year-over-year fourth quarter pension adjustment. In accordance with our policy on retirement
benefits, we recognize the net actuarial gains or losses in excess of unrecognized gain or loss exceeding 10 percent of the
greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the plan's projected benefit obligation at the time of re-measurement (the
"corridor") in the Corporate segment operating results during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The fiscal 2013 fourth
quarter pension adjustment was $5.5 million compared to $9.1 million in the prior year.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net was $153.3 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $176.2 million in fiscal 2012. The year-over-year
reduction in interest expense is primarily the result of the reduction in outstanding debt related to the Company's April 2012 full
redemption of the then-outstanding $300.0 million 11.75% senior subordinated notes due 2016 (the "11.75% Notes") discussed
below. The impact of the debt reduction on interest expense was partially offset by higher weighted average borrowing rates on
our term loans.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
During fiscal 2013, we recorded a $24.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from two debt transactions.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2013 we recognized a $21.1 million loss from the early redemption of all of the then-
outstanding 11.75% Notes, which primarily consisted of a $17.6 million premium related to redemption and $3.5 million of a
non-cash write-off of the deferred financing costs. Additionally, during the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we completed a re-
pricing of the effective interest rate on our term loan facilities and recognized a pre-tax loss of $2.9 million related to the
portion of debt that was considered modified in the accordance with ASC 470-50 Debt - Modifications and Extinguishments,
which was comprised of $1.3 million of fees paid to lenders, and the non-cash write-off of $1.1 million of unamortized deferred
financing costs and $0.5 million of original issue discount. During fiscal 2012 we recorded a $0.7 million and $10.0 million
loss on debt extinguishment as a result of the extinguishment of the PIK toggle senior indebtedness and the refinancing of the
senior secured credit facilities, respectively.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net for fiscal 2013 was $2.9 million and consisted of management fee expense of $15.0 million to
terminate our management agreement with Apollo, foreign currency transaction losses of $6.8 million and other miscellaneous
losses of $1.3 million, partially offset by a CDSOA recovery of $16.6 million and a $3.6 million gain on the sale of property,
plant and equipment. Other expense, net for fiscal 2012 was $7.1 million and consisted of management fee expense of $3.0
million, foreign currency transaction losses of $5.2 million and other miscellaneous income of $1.1 million.
Provision for income taxes
The income tax provision in fiscal 2013 was $20.3 million or an effective tax rate of 27.0%. The provision recorded was
below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to the accrual of foreign income taxes at rates which were generally below the
U.S. federal statutory rate, the recognition of certain foreign-related branch losses for U.S. income tax purposes and the
reduction in the valuation allowance recorded against certain state net operating losses in which the realization of such benefits
was now deemed more-likely-than-not; partially offset with the increase in the valuation allowance related to foreign tax credit
carryforwards for which such realization was not deemed more-likely-than-not. The income tax provision in fiscal 2012 was
$9.4 million or an effective tax rate of 20.9%. The provision recorded was below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to
the utilization of certain U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards that had a valuation allowance recorded against them based upon
the original determination that the realization of such benefits was not deemed more-likely-than-not; and the recognition of
certain foreign related branch losses for U.S. income tax purposes, partially offset with the an increase in the valuation
allowance related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards for which such realization was not deemed more-likely-than-not.
35
Net income from continuing operations
Our net income from continuing operations in fiscal 2013 increased 54.6% to $54.9 million compared to a net income
from continuing operations of $35.5 million in fiscal 2012 due to the factors described above. Diluted net income per share
from continuing operations in fiscal 2013 was $0.55. Comparability between periods is impacted by the dilutive effect of the
current year increase in average outstanding shares primarily resulting from our initial public offering in April 2012.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Our net loss from discontinued operations was $4.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $5.6 million in fiscal 2012. The
loss from discontinued operations relates to the divestiture by sale of a non-core engineered chain business located in Shanghai,
China within the Process & Motion Control platform. On December 18, 2012, we completed the sale of that business for a
total sale price of $2.5 million and recorded a pre-tax loss on disposal of approximately $0.5 million. The pre-tax loss on
disposal is combined with other operating expenses during the period in the loss on discontinued operations for fiscal 2013.
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012 Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011
Net Sales
(Dollars in Millions)
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Consolidated
Process & Motion Control
Fiscal Year Ended
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Change
% Change
$
$
1,310.7
$
1,150.4
$
633.5
524.5
1,944.2
$
1,674.9
$
160.3
109.0
269.3
13.9%
20.8%
16.1%
Process & Motion Control net sales for the year ended March 31, 2012 increased 13.9% from the prior year to $1,310.7
million. Core net sales, which excludes foreign currency fluctuations and a 2% unfavorable year-over-year impact from the
divestiture, increased by 14% year-over-year, due to solid demand, market share gains across the majority of our served global
markets, and new product growth.
Water Management
Water Management net sales for the year ended March 31, 2012 increased 20.8% from the prior year to $633.5 million.
Core net sales, which excludes foreign currency fluctuations and the 19% impact of the VAG acquisition, increased by 2%
year-over-year, primarily due to market share gains and increased alternative market sales, which was partially offset by lower
shipments to our North American municipal water markets.
Income from Operations
(Dollars in Millions)
Process & Motion Control
% of net sales
Water Management
% of net sales
Corporate
Consolidated
% of net sales
Process & Motion Control
Fiscal Year Ended
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Change
% Change
$
233.8
$
179.2
$
54.6
30.5 %
17.8%
51.2
8.1%
(39.7)
15.6%
69.4
13.2%
(31.4)
$
245.3
$
217.2
$
12.6%
13.0%
2.2 %
(18.2)
(5.1)%
(8.3)
28.1
(0.4)%
(26.2)%
26.4 %
12.9 %
Process & Motion Control income from operations for the year ended March 31, 2012 increased 30.5% to $233.8 million
or 17.8% of net sales (including $0.8 million of restructuring charges) compared to $179.2 million or 15.6% of net sales in
fiscal 2011. Income from operations as a percent of net sales increased 220 basis points from the prior period as the result of
productivity gains and operating leverage on higher year-over-year sales volume net of investment in new product development
and global growth capabilities.
36
Water Management
Water Management income from operations for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $51.2 million or 8.1% of net sales.
Fiscal 2012 operating margins were adversely impacted by $5.1 million of restructuring charges and $5.3 million of inventory
adjustments primarily related to the acquisition of VAG (an aggregate 160 basis point impact). Excluding restructuring and the
inventory adjustment income from operations for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $61.7 million or 9.7% of net sales
compared to $69.4 million or 13.2% of net sales in fiscal 2011. Adjusted income from operations as a percent of sales
decreased 350 basis point year-over-year as a result of lower profitability of certain long-lead time projects within the North
American municipal water markets, short-term facility consolidation costs as well as the mix impact of the VAG acquisition.
Corporate
Corporate expenses were $39.7 million in fiscal 2012, which includes $9.1 million of expense related to the fourth
quarter adjustment for actuarial losses on pension and postretirement benefit obligations, compared to expenses of $31.4
million in fiscal 2011. In accordance with our policy on retirement benefits, we recognize the net actuarial gains or losses in
excess of unrecognized gain or loss exceeding 10 percent of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the plan's
projected benefit obligation at the time of re-measurement (the "corridor") in the Corporate segment operating results during
the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.
Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net was $176.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to
$180.8 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. The year-over-year reduction in interest expense is primarily the result of
the extinguishment of our remaining PIK toggle senior indebtedness in the first quarter of fiscal 2012.
Loss on the Extinguishment of Debt. Loss on the extinguishment of debt was $10.7 million for the year ended March
31, 2012 compared to $100.8 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. During fiscal 2012 we recorded a $0.7 million
and $10.0 million loss on debt extinguishment as a result of the extinguishment of the PIK toggle senior indebtedness and the
refinancing of the senior secured credit facilities, respectively. During fiscal 2011, we recorded a $100.8 million loss on debt
extinguishment as a result of our cash tender offer for certain outstanding debt, which was comprised of a bond tender premium
paid to the lender and the non-cash write-off of deferred financing fees and net original issuance discount.
Other (Expense) Income, Net. Other expense, net for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $7.1 million, consisting of
management fee expense of $3.0 million, foreign currency transaction losses of $5.2 million and other miscellaneous income of
$1.1 million. Other income, net for the year ended March 31, 2011 was $1.1 million, consisting of management fee expense of
$3.0 million, income in unconsolidated affiliates of $4.1 million (including a $3.4 million gain recorded as a result of our step
acquisition of 100% of the voting shares in Mecánica Falk on August 31, 2010), foreign currency transaction gains of $1.5
million and other net miscellaneous expenses of $1.5 million.
Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes. The income tax provision in fiscal 2012 was $9.4 million or an effective tax rate
of 20.9%. The provision recorded was below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to the utilization of certain U.S. foreign
tax credit carryforwards which had a valuation allowance recorded against them based upon the original determination that the
realization of such benefits was not deemed more-likely-than-not; the recognition of certain foreign related branch losses for
U.S. income tax purposes, partially offset with the an increase in the valuation allowance related to foreign net operating loss
carryforwards for which such realization was not deemed more-likely-than-not. The income tax benefit in fiscal 2011 was
$(10.2) million or an effective tax rate of 16.1%. The benefit recorded was below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% mainly
due to the effect of an increase in the valuation allowance related to foreign tax credit carryforwards for which such realization
was not deemed more-likely-than-not.
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Our net income from continuing operations in fiscal 2012 was $35.5 million compared to a net loss from continuing
operations of $53.1 million in fiscal 2011 due to the factors described above. Diluted income per share from continuing
operations in fiscal 2012 was $0.50 compared to a loss of $0.80 in fiscal 2011.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Our net loss from discontinued operations was $5.6 million in fiscal 2012 as compared to net income from discontinued
operations of $1.8 million in fiscal 2011. The loss from discontinued operations relates to the divestiture by sale of a non-core
engineered chain business located in Shanghai, China within the Process & Motion Control platform. On December 18, 2012,
we completed the sale of that business. The net loss in fiscal 2012 and net income in fiscal 2011 represent the operating results
of the discontinued operation in the respective historical period.
37
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Core sales
Core sales excludes the impact of acquisitions, divestitures and foreign currency translation. Management believes that
core sales facilitates easier comparisons of our net sales performance with prior and future periods and to our peers. We exclude
the effect of acquisitions because the nature, size and number of acquisitions can vary dramatically from period to period and
between us and our peers, and can also obscure underlying business trends and make comparisons of long-term performance
difficult. We exclude the effect of foreign currency translation from this measure because the volatility of currency translation
is not under management's control.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA (as described below in “Covenant Compliance”) is an important measure because, under our senior
secured credit facilities, our ability to incur certain types of acquisition debt and certain types of subordinated debt, make
certain types of acquisitions or asset exchanges, operate our business and make dividends or other distributions, all of which
will impact our financial performance, is impacted by our Adjusted EBITDA, as our lenders measure our performance by
comparing the ratio of our senior secured bank debt to our Adjusted EBITDA (see “Covenant Compliance” for additional
discussion of this ratio, including a reconciliation to our net income). We reported Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2013 of $405.0 million and net income for the same period of $50.1 million.
Covenant Compliance
The credit agreement and indenture that governs our notes contain, among other provisions, restrictive covenants
regarding indebtedness, payments and distributions, mergers and acquisitions, asset sales, affiliate transactions, capital
expenditures and the maintenance of certain financial ratios. Payment of borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities
and indenture that governs our notes may be accelerated if there is an event of default. Events of default include the failure to
pay principal and interest when due, a material breach of a representation or warranty, certain non-payments or defaults under
other indebtedness, covenant defaults, events of bankruptcy and a change of control. Certain covenants contained in the credit
agreement that governs our senior secured credit facilities restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional
debt or making acquisitions, if we are unable to meet certain maximum senior secured bank debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratios
and, with respect to our revolving facility, also require us to remain at or below a certain maximum senior secured bank debt to
Adjusted EBITDA ratio of 5.0 to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal quarter (our ratio was 1.09 to 1.0 at March 31, 2013). Certain
covenants contained in the indenture that governs our notes restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring
additional debt or making acquisitions, if we are unable to achieve a minimum Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed Charges ratio.
Under such indenture, our ability to incur additional indebtedness and our ability to make future acquisitions under certain
circumstances requires us to have an Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed Charges ratio (measured on a last twelve months, or LTM,
basis) of at least 2.0 to 1.0 (our ratio was 2.73 to 1.0 at March 31, 2013). Failure to comply with this covenant could limit our
long-term growth prospects by hindering our ability to obtain future debt or make acquisitions.
“Fixed Charges” is defined in our indentures as net interest expense, excluding the amortization or write-off of deferred
financing costs.
“Adjusted EBITDA” is the term we use to describe EBITDA as defined and adjusted in our senior secured credit
facilities, which is net income, adjusted for the items summarized in the table below. Adjusted EBITDA is intended to show our
unleveraged, pre-tax operating results and therefore reflects our financial performance based on operational factors, excluding
non-operational, non-cash or non-recurring losses or gains. Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with
GAAP, and our use of the term Adjusted EBITDA varies from others in our industry. This measure should not be considered as
an alternative to net income, income from operations or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute
for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (a) our capital
expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; (b) changes in, or cash requirements
for, our working capital needs; (c) the significant interest expenses, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or
principal payments, on our debt; (d) tax payments that represent a reduction in cash available to us; (e) any cash requirements
for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future; (f) management fees that may be paid
to Apollo; or (g) the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we and the lenders under our secured senior
credit facilities may not consider indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA allows
us to add back certain non-cash, non-operating or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income, even
though these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict and can represent the effect of long-term
strategies as opposed to short-term results.
In addition, certain of these expenses can represent the reduction of cash that could be used for other corporate purposes.
Further, although not included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA below, the measure may at times allow us to add
38
estimated cost savings and operating synergies related to operational changes ranging from acquisitions or dispositions to
restructurings, and/or exclude one-time transition expenditures that we anticipate we will need to incur to realize cost savings
before such savings have occurred.
As of March 31, 2013, the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA under our senior secured credit facilities results in a
substantially identical calculation to the table below. However, the results of such calculations could differ in the future based
on the different types of adjustments that may be included in such respective calculations at the time.
Set forth below is a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the period indicated below.
(dollars in millions)
Net income
Interest expense, net
Income tax provision
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Adjustments to EBITDA:
Actuarial loss on pension and postretirement benefit obligation
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (1)
Restructuring and other similar charges (2)
Loss on extinguishment of debt (3)
Stock-based compensation expense
LIFO expense (4)
Zurn PEX loss contingency
Other expense, net (5)
Subtotal of adjustments to EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Pro forma adjustment for acquisition of Cline (6)
Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA
Fixed charges (7)
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed Charges
Senior secured bank indebtedness (8)
Senior secured bank leverage ratio (9)
Year ended
March 31, 2013
50.1
153.3
20.3
112.4
336.1
5.7
4.8
8.6
24.0
7.1
5.7
10.1
2.9
68.9
405.0
2.3
407.3
149.4
2.73x
443.0
1.09x
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
__________________________________
(1)
Represents the loss on discontinued operations related to a non-core engineered chain business located in Shanghai,
China. During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed the sale of the business. See Part II Item 8,
Note 4 Discontinued Operations of the consolidated financial statements for more information.
Represents restructuring costs comprised of workforce reduction, lease termination, and other facility rationalization
costs. See Part II Item 8, Note 5 Restructuring and Other Similar Costs of the consolidated financial statements for
more information.
The loss on extinguishment of debt for fiscal 2013 is the result of our early redemption of the 11.75% Notes in the first
quarter of fiscal 2013 and the re-pricing of our outstanding term loans in the third quarter of fiscal 2013. See Part II
Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt of the consolidated financial statements for more information.
Last-in first-out (LIFO) inventory adjustments are excluded in calculating Adjusted EBITDA as defined in our senior
secured credit facilities.
Other expense, net for the year ended March 31, 2013, consists of management fee expense of $15.0 million to
terminate our management agreement with Apollo, foreign currency transaction losses of $6.8 million, a CDSOA
recovery of $16.6 million, gain on sale of property, plant and equipment of $3.6 million and other miscellaneous
expense of $1.3 million.
Represents a pro forma adjustment to include the Adjusted EBITDA related to the acquisition of Cline for the period
from April 1, 2012 through December 13, 2012 as permitted by our senior secured credit facilities and indenture that
governs our notes.
The indenture governing our senior notes defines fixed charges as interest expense excluding the amortization or
write-off of deferred financing costs for the trailing four quarters.
The senior secured credit facilities define senior secured bank debt as consolidated secured indebtedness for borrowed
money, less unrestricted cash, which was $491.7 million (as defined by the senior secured credit facilities) at
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
39
March 31, 2013. Senior secured bank debt reflected in the table consists of borrowings under our senior secured credit
facilities.
The senior secured credit facilities define the senior secured bank leverage ratio as the ratio of senior secured bank
debt to Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing four fiscal quarters.
(9)
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are available cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and borrowing
availability under our $265.0 million revolving credit facility and our $100.0 million accounts receivable securitization
program.
As of March 31, 2013, we had $524.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $324.9 million of additional borrowing
capacity ($224.9 million of available borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $100.0 million available under our
accounts receivable securitization program). No provision has been made for United States income taxes related to
approximately $138.5 million of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be permanently reinvested;
see Part II Item 8, Note 24 Income Taxes for further information. As of March 31, 2013, the available borrowings under our
credit facility have been reduced by $40.1 million due to outstanding letters of credit. As of March 31, 2012, we had $298.0
million of cash and approximately $234.5 million of additional borrowing capacity ($134.5 million of available borrowings
under our revolving credit facility and $100.0 million available under our accounts receivable securitization program). Both our
revolving credit facility and accounts receivable securitization program are available to fund our working capital requirements,
capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. As noted elsewhere herein, on April 24, 2013, we used $150.0
million of cash to repay a portion of our outstanding term loans, which was reflected on the balance sheet in current maturities
of debt.
Cash Flows
Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2013 was $144.5 million compared to $139.3 million in fiscal 2012.
The increase in operating cash flows were impacted by a number of transactional items. Specifically, in connection with our
April 2012 initial public offering (“IPO”), we incurred a $15.7 million fee (including out of pocket expenses) to terminate our
management agreement with Apollo (a $12.7 million year-over-year increase in management fees). We also utilized a portion
of our IPO proceeds to complete a full redemption of $300.0 million of our then-outstanding 11.75% Notes, which substantially
contributed to a $22.1 million reduction in cash interest year-over-year. Subsequent to the closing of our IPO, option holders
exercised approximately 3.7 million shares in the fiscal year with an intrinsic value of approximately $56.1 million. These
exercises generated a future tax benefit of $18.1 million that is reflected as a source of cash in the financing section of the
statement of cash flows. However, in accordance with ASC 230 Statement of Cash Flows, an offsetting use of cash to record an
excess tax benefit on stock option exercises must be presented as an operating cash flow activity. Additionally, in April 2012,
we received approximately $18.5 million in CDSOA (Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act) recoveries representing the
disbursement of cumulative amounts withheld by Customs and Border Protection from anti-dumping recoveries dating back to
2006 (see Part II, Item 8, Note 6 Recovery Under Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act of the consolidated financial
statements for more information). Excluding the aforementioned transactional cash flow impacts, investments in trade working
capital contributed to an incremental $22.5 million use of cash which was partially offset by the remaining $17.9 million of
operating cash flows generated on higher year-over-year net sales.
Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 was $139.3 million compared to $164.5 million in fiscal 2011,
representing a $25.2 million decrease year-over-year. The reduction in operating cash flow was primarily driven by a $43.2
million increase in working capital as a result of our increased sales volume and timing, as well as a $27.9 million year-over-
year increase in cash interest payments due to the timing of our coupon interest payments related to a prior year refinancing.
The resulting $45.9 million of incremental operating cash flows was primarily driven by $172.0 million of higher net core sales
year-over-year.
Cash used for investing activities was $81.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared to a use of $324.2 million in fiscal 2012.
The use of cash in fiscal 2013 included $21.0 million for the acquisition of Cline as well as the acquisition of the remaining
minority interest in VAG-Valves India Private Limited and the acquisition of an independently owned VAG sales office in the
United Kingdom (net of cash acquired), compared to $256.8 million of cash used for the acquisition of VAG and Autogard (net
of cash acquired) in fiscal 2012. Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 also included a use of cash of $9.7 million and $17.9 million,
respectively, through the funding of a loan receivable in connection with our participation in the New Market Tax Credit
program (see Part II Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt for additional information). In addition, we invested an incremental $1.6
million of capital expenditures over the prior year and received proceeds of $9.0 million in connection with the sale of certain
property, plant and equipment and the divestiture of a non-core Process & Motion Control business located in Shanghai, China
during fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2012 we also received $9.0 million of cash proceeds in connection with the sale of certain property,
plant and equipment and the divestiture of a non-material business based in Germany within the Process & Motion Control
segment during fiscal 2012.
40
Cash used for investing activities was $324.2 million during fiscal 2012 compared to $35.5 million during fiscal 2011.
The year-over-year increase in cash used for investing activities relates to the incremental $256.8 million used for the
acquisitions of VAG and Autogard (net of cash acquired), a $20.9 million increase in capital expenditures primarily due to
certain facility modernization projects, and a $17.9 million use of cash for the New Market Tax Credit project, partially offset
by an incremental $8.1 million of cash proceeds received in connection with the sale of certain property, plant and equipment
and the divestiture during fiscal 2012.
Cash provided by financing activities was $165.7 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $93.2 million in fiscal 2012. The
cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2013 consisted of $458.3 million of proceeds from the closing of our IPO on
April 3, 2012, net of underwriters fees and other direct costs of the offering. During fiscal 2013 we also received proceeds of
$14.0 million under the New Market Tax Credit incentive program (to fund two domestic plant modernization projects) and
$14.0 million from other foreign borrowings. These sources of cash were partially offset by the full redemption on April 17,
2012 of our $300.0 million of then-outstanding 11.75% Notes, a related $17.6 million early redemption premium, and other net
repayments of debt of $21.4 million (including $11.8 million from our term loan). Additionally, $18.1 million was recognized
in fiscal 2013 as an excess tax benefit on option exercises that occurred throughout the fiscal year. The cash provided by
financing activities in fiscal 2012 consisted of a $945.3 million (net of $4.7 million unamortized original issue discount) source
of cash borrowed under the new term loan issued in connection with the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities in
March 2012, proceeds of $23.4 million related to the New Market Tax Credit financing, as well as a $10.7 million payment of
debt issuance costs, partially offset by the $760.0 million repayment of the old term loans in connection with the refinancing of
the senior secured credit facilities, $93.5 million repayment to retire the then-outstanding PIK toggle senior indebtedness and
net repayments of outstanding borrowings of $8.2 million (including a $1.5 million payment on our then-outstanding term
loan). Additionally, $2.1 million of cash was provided by the issuance of common stock.
Cash provided by financing activities was $93.2 million during fiscal 2012 compared to a use of $6.9 million during fiscal
2011. The cash used for financing activities in fiscal 2011 consisted of a source of cash from the issuance of $1,145.0 million of
the 8.50% Notes, the proceeds of which were utilized to retire $1,067.4 million of previously outstanding senior notes, pay the
$63.5 million tender premium to holders of the retired senior notes, as well as $14.6 million of related debt issue costs.
Additionally, we made repayments of $3.7 million of other long-term debt (including a $2.0 million payment on our term loan
and a $0.9 million payment to redeem 100% of our then-outstanding 9.50% senior notes) and $0.8 million of net short-term
borrowings at various foreign subsidiaries. Additionally, $1.0 million of cash was used for the repurchase of common stock and
$1.4 million of net cash used resulting from stock option exercises and subsequent repurchases of shares.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
The table below lists our contractual obligations at March 31, 2013 by period when due:
(in millions)
8.50% Senior notes due 2018
Term loans (1)
8.875% Senior notes due 2016
Other long-term debt
Interest on long-term debt obligations
Purchase commitments
Operating lease obligations
Pension and post retirement plans (2)
Totals
_______________________
Total
Less than
1 Year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More than
5 Years
Payments Due by Period
$
1,145.0
$
— $
— $
— $
938.2
2.0
49.9
646.0
193.4
58.3
64.0
157.9
—
11.4
130.6
167.8
15.9
13.1
15.8
—
1.0
254.0
14.1
20.9
28.3
13.8
2.0
—
252.6
8.4
12.3
22.6
1,145.0
750.7
—
37.5
8.8
3.1
9.2
n/a
$
3,096.8
$
496.7
$
334.1
$
311.7
$
1,954.3
(1)
(2)
Excludes an unamortized original issue discount of $3.5 million at March 31, 2013. In addition, reflects the
classification of $150.0 million as current maturities as a result of our repayment of that amount in April 2013.
Represents expected pension and post retirement contributions and benefit payments to be paid directly by us.
Contributions and benefit payments beyond fiscal 2018 cannot be reasonably estimated.
We may be required to make significant cash outlays related to our unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and
penalties. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we
are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities.
Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties and federal tax benefits where applicable, of $27.5
million as of March 31, 2013, have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. See Part II Item 8, Note 17
Income Taxes of the consolidated financial statements for more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits.
41
Our pension and postretirement benefit plans are discussed in detail in Part II Item 8, Note 16 Retirement Benefits of the
consolidated financial statements. The pension plans cover most of our employees and provide for monthly pension payments
to eligible employees upon retirement. Other postretirement benefits consist of retiree medical plans that cover a portion of
employees in the United States that meet certain age and service requirements and other postretirement benefits for employees
at certain foreign locations. See “Risk Factors - Our required cash contributions to our pension plans may increase further and
we could experience a material change in the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and the amount recorded in our
consolidated balance sheets related to those plans. Additionally, our pension costs could increase in future years.”
Indebtedness
As of March 31, 2013 we had $2,131.6 million of total indebtedness outstanding as follows (in millions):
8.50% Senior notes due 2018
Term loans (1)
8.875% Senior notes due 2016
Other (2)
Total
Total Debt at
March 31, 2013
Short-term Debt
and Current
Maturities of Long-
Term Debt
1,145.0
$
—
$
934.7
2.0
49.9
157.9
—
11.4
Long-term
Portion
1,145.0
776.8
2.0
38.5
2,131.6
$
169.3
$
1,962.3
$
$
(1) Includes an unamortized original issue discount of $3.5 million at March 31, 2013. In addition, reflects the
classification of $150.0 million as current maturities as a result of our repayment of that amount in April 2013.
(2) Includes $37.4 million of financing related to the Company's participation in the New Market Tax Credit incentive
program.
See Part II Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt of the consolidated financial statements for a description of our outstanding
indebtedness.
Subsequent to the balance sheet date we entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement relating to the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which reduced the effective rate applicable to the borrowings under its term loan
facility by seventy-five (75) basis points. In connection with the Incremental Assumption Agreement, we made a $150.0
million prepayment of the term loan facility. The $150.0 million of prepayment was classified within current maturities of debt
on the balance sheet at March 31, 2013. See Part II Item 8, Note 24 Subsequent Events for further information.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet or non-consolidated special-purpose entities.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk during the normal course of business from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and
interest rates. The exposure to these risks is managed through a combination of normal operating and financing activities and
derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps to cover known
foreign currency transactions and interest rate fluctuations.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates relates primarily to our foreign operations. For our foreign operations,
exchange rates impact the U.S. Dollar ("USD") value of our reported earnings, our investments in the subsidiaries and the
intercompany transactions with the subsidiaries. See Part I Item 1A “Our international operations are subject to uncertainties,
which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows”.
Approximately 33% of our sales originated outside of the United States in fiscal 2013. As a result, fluctuations in the
value of foreign currencies against the USD, particularly the Euro, may have a material impact on our reported results.
Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated into USD at the end of the fiscal period using the
average exchange rates in effect during the period. Consequently, as the value of the USD changes relative to the currencies of
our major markets, our reported results vary.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also impact the USD amount of our stockholders' equity. The assets and
liabilities of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into USD at the exchange rates in effect at the end of the fiscal periods. As
of March 31, 2013, stockholders' equity decreased by $14.3 million from March 31, 2012 as a result of foreign currency
translation adjustments. If the USD had strengthened by 10% as of March 31, 2013, the result would have decreased
stockholders' equity by approximately $40.5 million.
42
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could
adversely affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results.
At March 31, 2013, we had entered into foreign currency forward contracts that exchange Canadian dollars (“CAD”) for
USD, USD for Euro ("EUR") and EUR for Czech Koruna ("CZK"). The forward contracts in place as of March 31, 2013 are
set to expire between April 2013 and December 2013 and have total notional amounts in connection with CAD for USD
contracts of $10.0 million CAD ($10.2 million USD) with contract rates ranging between $0.98CAD:$1USD to $0.99CAD:
$1USD, USD for EUR contracts of $0.5 million USD (€0.4 million EUR) with rates ranging between $1.29USD:€1EUR to
$1.34USD:€1EUR and EUR for CZK of €2.5 million EUR (63.6 million CZK) with rates approximating €0.04EUR:1CZK.
These foreign currency forward contracts were not accounted for as effective cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC 815,
Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”) and as such were marked to market through earnings. We believe that a hypothetical
10% adverse change in the foreign currency exchange rates would have resulted in a $1.9 million decrease in the fair value of
foreign exchange forward contacts as of March 31, 2013.
Interest Rate Risk
We utilize a combination of short-term and long-term debt to finance our operations and are exposed to interest rate risk
on these debt obligations.
A substantial portion of our indebtedness, including indebtedness under the senior secured credit facilities bears interest
at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates. As of March 31, 2013, our outstanding
borrowings under the term loan facility were $934.7 million (net of $3.5 million unamortized original issue discount). As of
March 31, 2013, current borrowings under the Company's credit agreement had an effective and weighted average interest rate
of 4.50%, determined as the LIBO rate (subject to a 1% floor) plus 3.50%.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we terminated the interest rate swap agreements aligned to the term loans under
our prior credit facilities. See Part II Item 8, Note 11 for more information on the refinancing of our senior secured credit
facility and the termination of our interest rate swaps. We will continue to assess the appropriateness of hedging interest rate
risk with our outstanding variable debt under our current senior secured credit facilities.
Our net income would likely be affected by changes in market interest rates on our variable-rate obligations (which
comprises approximately 44% of our total indebtedness). As discussed above, our term loan facilities are subject to a 1%
LIBOR floor. Therefore, a 100 basis point increase in the March 31, 2013 market interest rate would increase interest expense
under the senior secured credit facilities by approximately $1.9 million on an annual basis.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information with respect to the Company's market risk is contained under the caption "Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk" in Part II Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.
43
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K include the accounts of Rexnord Corporation and
subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company”).
Index to Financial Statements
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2013 and 2012 and
for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
45
47
48
48
49
50
51
44
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholder of Rexnord Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rexnord Corporation (the Company) as of March 31,
2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule
listed in Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of Rexnord Corporation at March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken
as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Rexnord Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report
dated May 21, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
May 21, 2013
45
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholder of Rexnord Corporation
We have audited Rexnord Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (the COSO criteria). Rexnord Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the
accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Rexnord Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting
as of March 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
March 31, 2013 of Rexnord Corporation and our report dated May 21, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
May 21, 2013
46
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in Millions, except share amounts)
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Inventories, net
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Insurance for asbestos claims
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of debt
Trade payables
Compensation and benefits
Current portion of pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Interest payable
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Deferred income taxes
Reserve for asbestos claims
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued: 98,108,438 at March
31, 2013 and 67,741,271 at March 31, 2012
Additional paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock at cost; 900,904 shares at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012
Total Rexnord stockholders' equity (deficit)
Non-controlling interest
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
$
$
$
$
524.1
350.4
326.2
46.4
1,247.1
410.7
613.5
1,118.4
35.0
49.1
3,473.8
169.3
208.3
55.6
5.7
48.1
121.2
608.2
1,962.3
170.8
225.3
35.0
43.7
3,045.3
—
1.0
784.0
(311.5)
(38.7)
(6.3)
428.5
—
428.5
3,473.8
$
$
$
$
298.0
337.9
320.3
62.1
1,018.3
419.2
647.1
1,114.7
42.0
49.6
3,290.9
10.3
215.6
61.8
6.3
49.9
124.7
468.6
2,413.4
160.5
245.7
42.0
41.5
3,371.7
—
0.7
298.6
(361.6)
(11.3)
(6.3)
(79.9)
(0.9)
(80.8)
3,290.9
47
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in Millions, except share and per share amounts)
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Year Ended
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Zurn PEX loss contingency
Restructuring and other similar charges
Amortization of intangible assets
Income from operations
Non-operating (expense) income:
Interest expense, net
Loss on the extinguishment of debt
Loss on divestiture
Other (expense) income, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding (in thousands)
Basic
Effect of dilutive stock options
Diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2,005.1
$
1,273.7
731.4
406.2
10.1
8.6
51.1
255.4
(153.3)
(24.0)
—
(2.9)
75.2
20.3
54.9
(4.8)
1,944.2
$
1,254.1
690.1
387.1
—
6.8
50.9
245.3
(176.2)
(10.7)
(6.4)
(7.1)
44.9
9.4
35.5
(5.6)
50.1
$
29.9
$
0.57
0.55
(0.05)
(0.05)
0.52
0.50
$
$
$
$
$
$
95,972
3,894
99,866
0.53
0.50
(0.08)
(0.08)
0.45
0.42
$
$
$
$
$
$
66,751
5,314
72,065
1,674.9
1,082.4
592.5
326.7
—
—
48.6
217.2
(180.8)
(100.8)
—
1.1
(63.3)
(10.2)
(53.1)
1.8
(51.3)
(0.80)
(0.80)
0.03
0.03
(0.77)
(0.77)
66,757
—
66,757
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in Millions)
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Year Ended
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Unrealized gain on interest rate derivatives, net of tax
Change in pension and other postretirement defined benefit
plans, net of tax
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
50.1
$
29.9
$
(14.3)
—
(13.1)
(27.4)
0.2
4.8
(32.3)
(27.3)
22.7
$
2.6
$
(51.3)
8.5
(0.8)
9.4
17.1
(34.2)
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
48
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In Millions, except share amounts)
Common
Stock
Preferred
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
(Deficit)
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Treasury
Stock
Non-
controlling
interest (1)
Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
$
0.7
$
— $
285.1
$
(340.2) $
(1.0) $
(2.1) $
— $
(57.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.7
—
—
—
—
—
0.3
—
—
—
1.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.6
0.3
1.8
—
(51.3)
—
—
—
(51.3)
—
—
—
—
292.8
(391.5)
—
—
—
—
—
3.7
—
29.9
—
—
—
29.9
—
—
2.1
298.6
—
(361.6)
—
—
—
—
7.1
458.0
2.0
0.2
18.1
50.1
—
—
50.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.5
(0.8)
9.4
17.1
—
—
—
—
16.1
—
0.1
4.8
(32.3)
(27.4)
—
—
—
(11.3)
—
(14.3)
(13.1)
(27.4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3.2)
(1.0)
(6.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(6.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.1
—
—
0.1
—
(1.0)
—
(0.9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.9
—
$
— $
784.0
$
(311.5) $
(38.7) $
(6.3) $
— $
(51.3)
8.5
(0.8)
9.4
(34.2)
5.6
0.3
(1.4)
(1.0)
(88.2)
29.9
0.2
4.8
(32.3)
2.6
3.7
(1.0)
2.1
(80.8)
50.1
(14.3)
(13.1)
22.7
7.1
458.3
2.0
1.1
18.1
428.5
Balance at March 31, 2010
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Unrealized loss on interest rate
derivatives, net of $0.5 income
tax benefit
Change in pension and other
postretirement defined benefit
plans, net of $5.2 income tax
expense
Total comprehensive loss
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax benefit on option exercises, net
of write-off of deferred tax asset
Exercise of stock options, net of
shares surrendered as proceeds
Repurchase of common stock,
114,474 shares
Balance at March 31, 2011
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Unrealized gain on interest rate
derivatives, net of $3.1 income
tax expense
Change in pension and other
postretirement defined benefit
plans, net of $19.5 income tax
benefit
Total comprehensive income
Stock-based compensation expense
Non-controlling interest in VAG
sales subsidiary
Sale of common stock
Balance at March 31, 2012
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Change in pension and other
postretirement defined benefit
plans, net of $6.9 income tax
benefit
Total comprehensive income
Stock-based compensation expense
Issuance of common stock in IPO,
net of direct offering costs
Exercise of stock options, net of
shares surrendered
Acquisition of non-controlling
interest
Tax benefit on stock option
exercises
Balance at March 31, 2013
$
(1) Represents a 20% non-controlling interest formerly held by a local director of VAG-Valves India Private Limited. During the third quarter of fiscal 2013,
the Company purchased that interest.
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
49
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in Millions)
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Year Ended
Operating activities
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:
$
50.1
$
29.9
$
Depreciation
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization of deferred financing costs
(Gain) loss on dispositions of property, plant and equipment
Deferred income taxes
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
Non-cash loss on divestiture
Non-cash restructuring charges
Other non-cash charges
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Stock-based compensation expense
Interest expense converted to long-term debt
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accruals and other
Cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Loan receivable for financing under New Market Tax Credit incentive program
Proceeds from dispositions of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from divestiture, net of cash
Cash used for investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt
Proceeds from borrowings of short-term debt
Repayments of short-term debt
Payment of deferred financing fees
Payment of tender premium
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
Purchase of common stock
Proceeds (payments) from exercise of stock options
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock options
Cash provided (used) by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
61.3
51.1
3.9
(3.6)
(15.4)
—
—
—
7.3
24.0
7.1
—
(20.3)
(12.8)
7.5
(4.3)
(11.4)
144.5
(60.1)
(21.0)
(9.7)
6.7
2.3
(81.8)
15.4
(313.2)
12.6
(8.2)
(2.0)
(17.6)
458.3
—
2.3
18.1
165.7
(2.3)
226.1
298.0
524.1
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
50
63.1
50.9
7.8
1.2
(22.2)
—
4.5
4.6
14.8
10.7
3.7
—
(33.8)
(3.4)
(10.7)
22.3
(4.1)
139.3
(58.5)
(256.8)
(17.9)
5.6
3.4
(324.2)
960.6
(762.0)
10.7
(105.0)
(13.2)
—
2.1
—
—
—
93.2
(1.3)
(93.0)
391.0
298.0
$
$
(51.3)
57.3
48.6
7.9
1.7
(22.7)
(4.1)
—
—
1.4
100.8
5.6
6.6
(28.8)
(2.7)
(5.1)
41.7
7.6
164.5
(37.6)
1.2
—
—
0.9
(35.5)
1,145.0
(1,071.1)
2.0
(2.8)
(14.6)
(63.5)
—
(1.0)
(1.4)
0.5
(6.9)
5.0
127.1
263.9
391.0
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
March 31, 2013
1. Basis of Presentation and Description of Business
The consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared by Rexnord Corporation (“Rexnord” or the
"Company"), in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements
include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the periods presented.
The Company
Rexnord is a growth-oriented, multi-platform industrial company with what it believes are leading market shares and
highly trusted brands that serve a diverse array of global end-markets. The Company's heritage of innovation and specification
have allowed it to provide highly engineered, mission critical solutions to customers for decades and affords it the privilege of
having long-term, valued relationships with market leaders. The Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures,
markets and services specified, highly-engineered mechanical components used within complex systems where our customers'
reliability requirements and cost of failure or downtime is extremely high. The Process & Motion Control product portfolio
includes gears, couplings, industrial bearings, aerospace bearings and seals, FlatTop™ chain, engineered chain and conveying
equipment. The Water Management platform designs, procures, manufactures and markets products that provide and enhance
water quality, safety, flow control and conservation. The Water Management product portfolio includes professional grade
specification drainage products, flush valves and faucet products, backflow prevention pressure release valves, and PEX piping
used primarily in non-residential construction end-markets and engineered valves and gates for the water and wastewater
treatment market.
2. Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2013 presentation.
Revenue Recognition
Net sales are recorded upon transfer of title and risk of product loss to the customer. Net sales relating to any particular
shipment are based upon the amount invoiced for the delivered goods less estimated future rebate payments and sales returns
which are based upon the Company’s historical experience. Revisions to these estimates are recorded in the period in which the
facts that give rise to the revision become known. The value of returned goods during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011 was approximately 1.0% or less of net sales. Other than a standard product warranty, there are no post-shipment
obligations.
The Company classifies shipping and handling fees billed to customers as net sales and the corresponding costs are
classified as cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
Share Based Payments
The Company accounts for share based payments in accordance with ASC 718, Accounting for Stock Compensation
("ASC 718"). ASC 718 requires compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the
financial statements. Generally, compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments
issued. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, generally as the awards vest. See further discussion
of the Company’s stock option plans in Note 15.
Per Share Data
Basic net income (loss) per share from continuing and discontinued operations is computed by dividing net income from
continuing operations and loss from discontinued operations, respectively, by the corresponding weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share from continuing and discontinued operations is
computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding increased by the number of incremental shares
that would have been outstanding if the potential dilutive shares were issued through the exercise of outstanding stock options
51
to purchase common shares, except when the effect would be anti-dilutive. The computation for diluted net income per share
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 excludes 2,924,547, 431,459 and 3,312,689 shares due to their anti-
dilutive effects, respectively.
Receivables
Receivables are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $7.7 million at March 31, 2013 and $6.2 million at
March 31, 2012. On a regular basis, the Company evaluates its receivables and establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts
based on a combination of specific customer circumstances and historical write-off experience. Credit is extended to customers
based upon an evaluation of their financial position. Generally, advance payment is not required. Credit losses are provided for
in the consolidated financial statements and consistently have been within management’s expectations.
Significant Customers
The Company’s largest customer accounted for 7.9%, 7.4% and 8.0% of consolidated net sales for the years ended
March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Receivables related to this Process & Motion Control industrial distributor at
March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $13.9 million and $12.3 million, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories are comprised of material, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, and are stated at the lower of cost or
market. Market is determined based on estimated net realizable values. Approximately 50% and 60% of the Company’s total
inventories as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were valued using the “last-in, first-out” (LIFO) method. All
remaining inventories are valued using the “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) method.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over 10 to 30
years for buildings and improvements, 5 to 10 years for machinery and equipment and 3 to 5 years for computer hardware and
software. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of acquired trademarks and tradenames, customer relationships (including distribution network),
patents and non-compete intangibles. The customer relationships, patents and non-compete intangibles are being amortized
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 1 to 15 years, 2 to 15 years and 2 to 5 years, respectively.
Goodwill, trademarks and tradenames have indefinite lives and are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment using a
discounted cash flow and market value approach analysis.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be
recoverable. Long-lived assets held for use are reviewed for impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived
asset or group of assets to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by such asset over its remaining useful
life. If the long-lived asset or group of assets is considered to be impaired, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount
by which the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are
reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
Deferred Financing Costs
Other assets at March 31, 2013 and 2012, include deferred financing costs of $18.5 million and $26.7 million,
respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $6.7 million and $27.4 million, respectively. These costs were incurred to
obtain long-term financing and are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. During
the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed a full redemption of all then-outstanding 11.75% senior subordinated
notes due 2016 (the "11.75% Notes"), which resulted in a non-cash write-off of $3.5 million of unamortized deferred financing
costs. During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement relating to the
Second Restated Credit Agreement, which reduced the effective interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the term loan
facility. In connection with that debt modification the Company recognized a non-cash write-off of $1.1 million of unamortized
deferred financing costs. Additionally, the Company capitalized $0.4 million of deferred financing costs related to the debt
modification as well as other debt transactions entered into during fiscal 2013. See Note 11 for additional information regarding
the above debt transactions.
52
Product Warranty
The Company offers warranties on the sales of certain of its products and records an accrual for estimated future claims.
Such accruals are based upon historical experience and management’s estimate of the level of future claims. The following
table presents changes in the Company’s product warranty liability during each of the periods presented (in
millions):
Balance at beginning of period
Acquired obligations
Charged to operations
Claims settled
Balance at end of period
Income Taxes
Year Ended
March 31, 2013
Year Ended
March 31, 2012
Year Ended
March 31, 2011
$
$
$
8.7
—
4.4
(4.3)
8.8
$
$
8.6
1.1
1.6
(2.6)
8.7
$
10.7
—
5.6
(7.7)
8.6
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”).
Deferred income taxes are provided for future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, net operating losses, tax credits and other
applicable carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be actually paid or recovered. The effect on deferred
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of continuing operations in the period that includes
the date of enactment.
The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability and provides a valuation allowance against its
deferred tax assets if, based upon consideration of all positive and negative evidence, the Company determines that it is more-
likely-than-not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will ultimately not be realized in future tax periods. Such positive
and negative evidence would include review of historical earnings and losses, anticipated future earnings, the time period over
which the temporary differences and carryforwards are anticipated to reverse and implementation of feasible, prudent tax
planning strategies.
The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is
required in determining the Company's worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets and
liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company's business, there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying the ultimate tax
outcome of all of the numerous transactions and required calculations relating to the Company's tax positions. Accruals for
unrecognized tax benefits are provided for in accordance with the requirements of ASC 740. An unrecognized tax benefit
represents the difference between the recognition of benefits related to uncertain tax positions for income tax reporting
purposes and financial reporting purposes. The Company has established a reserve for interest and penalties, as applicable, for
uncertain tax positions and it is recorded as a component of the overall income tax provision.
The Company is subject to periodic income tax examinations by domestic and foreign income tax authorities. Although
the outcome of income tax examinations is always uncertain, the Company believes that it has appropriate support for the
positions taken on its income tax returns and has adequately provided for potential income tax assessments. Nonetheless, the
amounts ultimately settled relating to issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for
each year.
See Note 17 for more information on income taxes.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
At March 31, 2013, accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of $0.7 million of foreign currency translation gains
and $39.4 million, after tax, of unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized prior services costs, net of tax. At March 31,
2012, accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of $15.0 million of foreign currency translation gains and $26.3 million
of unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized prior services costs, net of tax.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company is exposed to certain financial risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest
rates. The Company selectively uses foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swap contracts to manage its foreign
currency and interest rate risks. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to defined policies and
procedures which prohibit the use of financial instruments for speculative purposes.
53
The Company accounts for derivative instruments based on ASC 815, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities (“ASC 815”). ASC 815 requires companies to recognize all of its derivative instruments as either assets or
liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is defined under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
(“ASC 820”), as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. See more
information as it relates to applying fair value to derivative instruments at Note 13. The accounting for changes in the fair value
of a derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative instrument has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging
relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship. As of March 31, 2013, the Company does not have any derivative
instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments. If a derivative instrument is designated and qualifies as an
effective hedging instrument under ASC 815, the changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the instrument are
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) whereas any changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument
that is not designated or does not qualify as an effective hedge are recorded in other non-operating income (expense). See Note
12 for further information regarding the classification and accounting for the Company’s derivative financial instruments.
Financial Instrument Counterparties
The Company is exposed to credit losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to its financial instruments.
The Company anticipates, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under these instruments.
The Company places cash and temporary investments and foreign currency contracts with various high-quality financial
institutions. Although the Company does not obtain collateral or other security to support these financial instruments, it does
periodically evaluate the credit-worthiness of each of its counterparties.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside of the United States with a functional currency other than the U.S.
dollar are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates at the end of the respective period. Revenues and expenses of such
entities are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Foreign currency translation adjustments
are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Currency transaction gains and (losses) are
included in other non-operating income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and totaled $(6.8) million, $(5.2)
million and $1.5 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses as incurred and amounted to $10.0 million,
$10.2 million, and $8.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Research, Development and Engineering Costs
Research, development and engineering costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses as incurred for
the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 as follows (in millions):
Research and development costs
Engineering costs
Total
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Year Ended
March 31, 2013
Year Ended
March 31, 2012
Year Ended
March 31, 2011
$
$
13.7
24.3
38.0
$
$
15.4
22.4
37.8
$
$
11.5
22.2
33.7
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and
temporary investments, forward currency contracts and trade accounts receivable.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the FASB issued another update to ASC No. 220, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which
requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by
component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in
the notes, certain significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items
of net income. This guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after
December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. As this new guidance is related to presentation only, the implementation of
54
this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014 will not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations,
financial position or cash flows.
In June 2011, the FASB issued an update to ASC No. 220, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which no longer
permits presentation of other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of stockholders’ equity. The Company
adopted this guidance effective April 1, 2012. As the new guidance relates to presentation only, the adoption did not have a
significant impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued an update to Accounting Standards Codification
("ASC") No. 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, which now permits entities to initially perform a qualitative assessment on
indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment to assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived
intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is more
likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative
impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. In addition, in September 2011, the FASB issued a similar
update which also permits entities to initially perform a qualitative assessment on goodwill impairment to assess whether it is
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it
is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. An entity also has the option to forgo the qualitative assessment
for any indefinite-lived intangible asset or goodwill in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative test. An
entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The Company has opted to forgo
the qualitative assessment and, as required, the Company performed a quantitative test for our annual impairment tests during
in the third quarter of fiscal 2013.
Evaluation of Subsequent Events
The Company evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date of March 31, 2013 through the date of this filing.
Subsequent to the balance sheet date the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement relating to the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which reduced the effective rate applicable to the borrowings under its term loan
facility by seventy-five (75) basis points. In connection with the Incremental Assumption Agreement, the Company made a
$150.0 million prepayment of the term loan facility. The $150.0 million of prepayment was classified within current maturities
of debt on the balance sheet at March 31, 2013. See Note 24 Subsequent Events for further information.
3. Acquisitions and Divestitures
Cline Acquisition
On December 13, 2012, the Company acquired Cline Acquisition Corp. ("Cline") for a total cash purchase price of $19.6
million, net of cash acquired and excluding transaction costs. Cline, based in Taylors, South Carolina, is a service business
specializing in the manufacturing, repair and refurbishment of drive shafts, clutches and brakes. This acquisition is a product
line extension of the Company's existing Process & Motion Control service offerings and expands its presence in the southeast
region of the U.S. As a result of this transaction, the Company acquired $21.8 million of intangible assets consisting of $12.2
million of goodwill (which is not deductible for tax purposes) and $9.6 million of all other intangible assets based on the
Company's initial purchase price allocation. The purchase price allocation is subject to final working capital and valuation
adjustments which are allowable and expected to be completed within the one year period following the acquisition date. The
Company’s results of operations include Cline subsequent to December 13, 2012.
Discontinued China Operation
On December 18, 2012, the Company sold a non-core engineered chain business located in Shanghai, China within the
Process & Motion Control platform. See Note 4 Discontinued Operations for further formation.
VAG Holding Acquisition
On October 10, 2011, the Company acquired VAG Holding GmbH (“VAG”) for a total cash purchase price of $238.6
million, net of cash acquired and excluding transaction costs. VAG is a global leader in engineered valve solutions across a
broad range of applications, including water distribution, wastewater treatment, dams and hydropower generation, as well as
various other industrial applications. This acquisition further expanded the Company's Water Management platform. As a result
of this transaction, the Company acquired $138.3 million of intangible assets consisting of $82.6 million of goodwill (which is
not deductible for tax purposes) and $55.7 million of all other intangible assets. The Company's financial position and results
of operations include VAG subsequent to October 10, 2011. The Company finalized its purchase price allocations for VAG
during the third quarter of fiscal 2013; the final allocations did not have a material impact on the financial statements. During
the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of a remaining minority interest in VAG-Valves India
Private Limited and the acquisition of an independently owned VAG sales office in the United Kingdom for a cash purchase
price of $1.4 million, net of cash acquired and excluding transactions costs.
55
German Divestiture
On July 19, 2011, the Company sold substantially all of the net assets of a non-material, underperforming business within
the Process & Motion Control segment based in Germany for a total sale price of $4.5 million. The Company recorded a pre-
tax loss on divestiture of $6.4 million during fiscal 2012. The Company's financial position and results of operations exclude
the divested entity subsequent to July 19, 2011.
Autogard Acquisition
On April 2, 2011, the Company acquired Autogard Holdings Limited and affiliates (“Autogard”) for a total cash purchase
price of $18.2 million, net of cash acquired. Autogard is a European-based manufacturer of torque limiters and couplings. The
acquisition further expanded the Company’s global Process & Motion Control platform. As a result of this transaction, the
Company acquired $17.0 million of intangible assets consisting of $9.1 million of goodwill (which is not deductible for tax
purposes) and $7.9 million of all other intangible assets. The Company's financial position and results of operations include
Autogard subsequent to April 2, 2011.
4. Discontinued Operations
During fiscal 2013, the Company completed the sale of a non-core engineered chain business located in Shanghai, China
within the Process & Motion Control platform for a total sale price of $2.5 million. The Company recorded a pre-tax loss on
disposal of approximately $0.5 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2013. The Company has no continuing involvement in
the business subsequent to the sale.
The results of operations of the business and the pre-tax loss on disposal are presented on the consolidated Statement of
Operations as (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax. In connection with this presentation, the Company
classified the discontinued operation's assets of $8.5 million and liabilities of $7.5 million as held for sale as of March 31, 2012.
The net assets held for sale consisted mainly of working capital balances and were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet
within the other current assets and other current liabilities line items. Prior year financial statements have been reclassified in
accordance with ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations.
56
5. Restructuring and Other Similar Costs
During fiscal 2013, the Company continued to execute various restructuring actions initiated in the prior fiscal year.
These initiatives were implemented to reduce operating costs while also modifying the Company's footprint to reflect changes
in the markets it serves and the impact of acquisitions on the overall manufacturing capacity. These restructuring actions
primarily resulted in workforce reductions and lease termination costs. The Company recorded restructuring charges of $8.6
million during the fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the restructuring expense related to these actions is expected to be completed
by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2014.
During fiscal 2012, the Company commenced certain restructuring actions to reduce operating costs and complete the
consolidation of certain North American water and waste water treatment facilities. The Company recorded restructuring
charges of $6.8 million during the fiscal 2012. The Company did not have any restructuring charges for the year ended
March 31, 2011.
The following table summarizes the Company's restructuring costs incurred during the years ended March 31, 2013 and
2012 by classification of operating segment (in millions):
1.1
6.4
—
0.8
1.1
7.2
Severance costs
Lease termination and other costs
Total restructuring and other similar costs
$
Severance costs
Lease termination and other costs
Total restructuring and other similar costs
$
Process &
Motion Control
5.3
$
Process &
Motion Control
0.8
$
Year Ended March 31, 2013
Water
Management
Corporate
1.5
0.7
2.2
$
$
Consolidated
— $
—
— $
6.8
1.8
8.6
Year Ended March 31, 2012
Water
Management
Corporate
2.6
2.5
5.1
$
$
Consolidated
0.9
—
0.9
$
$
4.3
2.5
6.8
$
$
$
$
Severance costs
Lease termination and other costs
Total restructuring and other similar costs
$
Restructuring Costs To-date (Period from April 1, 2011 to March 31, 2013)
Process &
Motion Control
6.1
$
Water
Management
Corporate
Consolidated
$
$
4.1
3.2
7.3
$
$
0.9
—
0.9
$
$
11.1
4.3
15.4
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company's restructuring reserve for the fiscal years ended March 31,
2013 and 2012 (in millions):
Restructuring reserve, March 31, 2011
Charges
Cash payments
Restructuring reserve, March 31, 2012 (1)
Charges
Cash payments
Restructuring reserve, March 31, 2013 (1)
Total
$
Severance Costs
Lease Termination
and Other Costs
— $
4.3
(2.4)
1.9
6.8
(5.0)
0.9
2.5
(2.8)
0.6
1.8
(2.3)
3.7
$
0.1
$
$
$
0.9
6.8
(5.2)
2.5
8.6
(7.3)
3.8
(1) The restructuring reserve is included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
57
6. Recovery Under Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act (“CDSOA”)
The Company, as a producer of ball bearing products in the U.S., participated in the distribution of monies collected by
Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) from anti-dumping cases under the CDSOA. Through its participation the Company
provided relevant information to CBP regarding historical manufacturing, personnel and development costs for previous
calendar years. In February 2006, U.S. legislation was enacted that ended CDSOA distributions to U.S. manufacturers for
imports covered by anti-dumping duty orders entering the U.S. after September 30, 2007. Because monies were collected by
CBP until September 30, 2007 and for prior year entries, the Company has received periodic recoveries in the current and prior
fiscal years.
In connection with this program, beginning in 2006, CBP began to withhold amounts that would have otherwise been
distributed as a result of pending litigation challenging past and future distributions and the administrative operation of the law.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, CBP began to distribute these withheld funds to domestic producers. In connection with
the distribution of these withheld funds, the Company recorded $16.6 million of income during the first quarter of fiscal 2013
representing its pro rata share of amounts withheld since 2006. The Company did not receive any recoveries during the
remainder of fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $2.4 million and $0.7 million of income,
respectively. These recoveries are included in "Other (expense) income, net" on the consolidated statement of operations for
each respective fiscal year. As a result of still pending litigation, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of
CDSOA payments, if any, that it may receive in future years and/or whether it will be required to repay any previously received
distributions.
7. Inventories
The major classes of inventories are summarized as follows (in millions):
Finished goods
Work in progress
Raw materials
Inventories at First-in, First-Out ("FIFO") cost
Adjustment to state inventories at Last-in, First-Out ("LIFO") cost
8. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is summarized as follows (in millions):
Land
Buildings and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Hardware and software
Construction in-progress
Less accumulated depreciation
$
$
$
March 31,
2013
2012
203.0
73.5
43.0
319.5
6.7
326.2
$
$
201.7
64.7
41.5
307.9
12.4
320.3
March 31,
2013
2012
$
33.5
212.8
359.8
69.1
21.9
697.1
(286.4)
34.9
208.7
335.2
48.2
33.0
660.0
(240.8)
419.2
$
410.7
$
58
9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed the testing of indefinite lived intangible assets
(tradenames) and goodwill for impairment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. Pursuant to the
guidance, an impairment loss would be recognized if the estimated fair value of the intangible asset or reporting unit is less
than its carrying amount. The fair value of the Company's indefinite lived intangible assets and reporting units were primarily
estimated using an income valuation model (discounted cash flow) and market approach (guideline public company
comparables), which indicated that the fair value of the Company's indefinite lived intangible assets and reporting units
exceeded their carrying value, therefore, no impairment was present. The estimated fair value of the Company's reporting units
was dependent on several significant assumptions, including its weighted average cost of capital (discount rate) and future
earnings and cash flow projections.
The changes in the net carrying value of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2013
and 2012 by operating segment, are presented below (in millions):
Amortizable Intangible Assets
Indefinite
Lived
Intangible
Assets (Trade
Names)
Goodwill
Customer
Relationships
Patents
Non-
Compete
Total Identifiable
Intangible Assets
Excluding Goodwill
Process & Motion Control
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2011
Acquisitions
Amortization
Currency translation adjustment
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2012
Acquisitions
Amortization
Currency translation adjustment
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2013
Water Management
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2011
Acquisitions
Amortization
Currency translation adjustment
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2012
Acquisitions
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Amortization
Currency translation adjustment
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2013
Consolidated
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2011
Acquisitions
Amortization
Currency translation adjustment
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2012
Acquisitions
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Amortization
Currency translation adjustment
Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2013
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
855.9
9.1
—
0.3
865.3
12.2
—
(0.4)
877.1
160.3
88.1
—
1.0
249.4
0.4
(5.5)
—
(3.0)
241.3
1,016.2
97.2
—
1.3
1,114.7
12.6
(5.5)
—
(3.4)
1,118.4
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
147.2
6.2
(28.0)
0.2
125.6
7.7
(28.2)
(0.2)
104.9
187.5
10.0
(19.6)
(0.3)
177.6
—
5.8
(20.0)
(0.6)
162.8
334.7
16.2
(47.6)
(0.1)
303.2
7.7
5.8
(48.2)
(0.8)
267.7
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
7.1
—
(1.1)
—
6.0
—
(1.1)
—
4.9
10.4
2.2
(2.1)
—
10.5
—
0.2
(1.7)
(0.1)
8.9
17.5
2.2
(3.2)
—
16.5
—
0.2
(2.8)
(0.1)
13.8
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
0.1
(0.1)
—
— $
—
—
—
— $
$
$
0.1
—
—
—
0.1
—
—
(0.1)
—
— $
$
$
0.1
0.1
(0.1)
—
0.1
—
—
(0.1)
—
— $
345.0
7.9
(29.2)
0.2
323.9
9.6
(29.3)
(0.5)
303.7
299.7
45.8
(21.7)
(0.6)
323.2
—
9.9
(21.8)
(1.5)
309.8
644.7
53.7
(50.9)
(0.4)
647.1
9.6
9.9
(51.1)
(2.0)
613.5
190.7
1.6
—
—
192.3
1.9
—
(0.3)
193.9
101.7
33.6
—
(0.3)
135.0
—
3.9
—
(0.8)
138.1
292.4
35.2
—
(0.3)
327.3
1.9
3.9
—
(1.1)
332.0
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
59
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of identifiable intangible assets as of
March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 are as follows (in millions):
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
Patents
Customer relationships (including distribution network)
Intangible assets not subject to amortization - trademarks and tradenames
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
Patents
Customer relationships (including distribution network)
Non-compete
Intangible assets not subject to amortization - trademarks and tradenames
Weighted
Average Useful
Life
10 years
12 years
Weighted
Average Useful
Life
10 years
12 years
5 years
March 31, 2013
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
$
$
38.6
562.9
332.0
933.5
$
$
(24.8) $
(295.2)
—
(320.0) $
13.8
267.7
332.0
613.5
March 31, 2012
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
$
$
38.5
550.2
0.2
327.3
916.2
$
$
(22.0) $
(247.0)
(0.1)
—
(269.1) $
16.5
303.2
0.1
327.3
647.1
Intangible asset amortization expense totaled $51.1 million, $50.9 million and $48.6 million for the years ended
March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The Company expects to recognize amortization expense on the intangible assets subject to amortization of $49.7 million
in fiscal year 2014, fiscal year 2015, and in fiscal year 2016, $30.6 million in fiscal year 2017, and $20.1 million in fiscal year
2018.
10. Other Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities are summarized as follows (in millions):
Customer advances
Sales rebates
Commissions
Restructuring and other similar charges (1)
Product warranty (2)
Risk management reserves (3)
Legal and environmental reserves
Liabilities held-for-sale (4)
Deferred income taxes
Taxes, other than income taxes
Income taxes payable
Other
March 31,
2013
2012
19.0
16.2
7.5
3.8
8.8
9.3
14.8
—
11.1
9.0
7.5
14.2
121.2
$
$
17.2
16.5
7.5
2.5
8.7
9.5
14.4
7.5
7.6
8.5
6.6
18.2
124.7
$
$
____________________
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
See more information related to the restructuring obligations balance within Note 5.
See more information related to the product warranty obligations balance within Note 2.
Includes projected liabilities related to the Company's deductible portion of insured losses arising from automobile,
general and product liability claims.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed the sale of an engineered chain business in Shanghai,
China which is classified as discontinued operations. See more information related to the liabilities held-for-sale
balance within Note 4.
60
11. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt is summarized as follows (in millions):
8.50% Senior notes due 2018
Term loans (1)
11.75% Senior subordinated notes due 2016
8.875% Senior notes due 2016
10.125% Senior subordinated notes due 2012
Other (2)
Total
Less current maturities
Long-term debt
March 31,
2013
2012
1,145.0
$
1,145.0
934.7
—
2.0
—
49.9
2,131.6
169.3
1,962.3
$
945.3
300.0
2.0
0.3
31.1
2,423.7
10.3
2,413.4
$
$
____________________
(1)
Includes an unamortized original issue discount of $3.5 million and $4.7 million at March 31, 2013 and March 31,
2012, respectively.
Includes financing related to the Company's participation in the New Market Tax Credit incentive program of $37.4
million and $23.4 million as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)
Senior Secured Credit Facility
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
(as amended by a subsequent Incremental Assumption Agreement dated April 18, 2012, the "Second Restated Credit
Agreement"). The senior secured credit facilities under the Second Restated Credit Agreement are funded by a syndicate of
banks and other financial institutions and provide for loans of up to $1,215.0 million, consisting of (i) a $950.0 million term
loan facility with a maturity date of April 1, 2018; and (ii) a $265.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity date of
March 15, 2017 and borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on a same-day notice, referred to as
swingline loans.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company entered into a further Incremental Assumption Agreement relating to the
Second Restated Credit Agreement, which reduced the effective interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the term loan
facility by fifty (50) basis points. The Company recognized a related pre-tax loss of $2.9 million related to the portion of debt
that was considered modified in accordance with ASC 470-50 Debt - Modifications and Extinguishments, which was comprised
of $1.3 million of fees paid to lenders, a non-cash write-off of $1.1 million of deferred financing costs and $0.5 million of
original issue discount, respectively.
As of March 31, 2013, the Company's outstanding borrowings under the term loan facility were $934.7 million (net of
$3.5 million unamortized original issue discount). For the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, borrowings under the Second Restated
Credit Agreement had an effective and weighted average interest rate of 4.50%, determined as the LIBO rate (subject to a 1%
floor) plus an applicable margin of 3.50%. As of March 31, 2013, interest rates under the Second Restated Credit Agreement
were at the Company's option of either "(a)" or "(b)" as further described here: (a) in the case of Above Base Rate ("ABR")
Borrowings, 3.00% plus a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, (2)
the prime rate determined from time to time by Credit Suisse AG, the administrative agent under the Second Restated Credit
Agreement and (3) the LIBO rate in effect for a one-month period plus 1.00%; or (b) in the case of Eurocurrency Borrowings,
3.50% plus a Eurocurrency rate (subject to a 1% LIBOR floor).
On April 24, 2013, the Company entered into another Incremental Assumption Agreement relating to the Second Restated
Credit Agreement, which reduces the effective interest rate applicable to the borrowings under the term loan facility by
seventy-five (75) basis points. In connection with the Incremental Assumption Agreement, the Company made a $150.0 million
prepayment on the term loan facility. The $150.0 million of prepayment was classified within current maturities of debt on the
balance sheet at March 31, 2013. See Note 24 Subsequent Events for further information.
Additionally, for revolving commitments subject to a first lien senior secured leverage test, the Company's applicable
margin above the base rate (as described above) is 2.75% in the case of ABR borrowings and 3.75% in the case of
Eurocurrency borrowings. In the event the Company's senior secured leverage ratio exceeds 1.5 to 1.0, its applicable margin on
both ABR and Eurocurrency borrowings would increase twenty-five (25) basis points. The Company's actual senior secured
bank leverage ratio was 1.09x to 1.00 as of March 31, 2013.
61
As of March 31, 2013, in addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, the
Company is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect to the unutilized
commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.375% per annum.
As of March 31, 2013, the remaining mandatory principal payments prior to maturity on the term loan facilities was
$37.4 million. During fiscal 2013, principal payments of approximately $2.4 million were made at the end of each calendar
quarter. In connection with the Incremental Assumption Agreement dated April 24, 2013, principal payments of $2.0 million
are scheduled to be made at the end of each calendar quarter until December 31, 2017.
All amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full, and the commitments
thereunder will terminate, on March 15, 2017. No amounts were borrowed under the revolving credit facility at March 31, 2013
or March 31, 2012; however, $40.1 million and $45.5 million of the revolving credit facility was considered utilized in
connection with outstanding letters of credit at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.
The Second Restated Credit Agreement, among other things: (i) allows for one or more future issuances of secured notes,
which may include, in each case, indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the obligations under the senior secured credit
facilities, so long as, in each case, among other things, an agreed amount of the net cash proceeds from any such issuance are
used to prepay term loans under the senior secured credit facilities at par; (ii) subject to the requirement to make such offers on
a pro rata basis to all lenders and certain other restrictions, allows the Company to agree with individual lenders to extend the
maturity date of any of the loans and/or commitments provided by such lenders and to otherwise modify the terms of the loans
and/or commitments provided by such lenders (including, without limitation, increasing the interest rate or fees payable in
respect of such loans and/or commitments and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such loans); and (iii) allows
for one or more future issuances of additional secured notes, which may include, in each case, indebtedness secured on a pari
passu basis with the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, in an amount not to exceed the amount of incremental
facility availability under the senior secured credit facilities.
The Second Restated Credit Agreement also contains a number of typical covenants that, among other things, constrain,
subject to certain fully-negotiated exceptions, the Company's ability, and the ability of the Company's subsidiaries, to: sell
assets; incur additional indebtedness; repay other indebtedness; pay dividends and distributions, repurchase its capital stock, or
make payments, redemptions or repurchases in respect to certain indebtedness (including the senior notes); create liens on
assets; make investments, loans, guarantees or advances; make certain acquisitions; engage in certain mergers or
consolidations; enter into sale-and-leaseback transactions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend certain material
agreements governing its indebtedness; make capital expenditures; enter into hedging agreements; amend its organizational
documents; change the business conducted by it and its subsidiaries; and enter into agreements that restrict dividends from
subsidiaries. In addition, payment of borrowings under the Second Restated Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon an
event of default. Events of default include, among others, the failure to pay principal and interest when due, a material breach
of a representation or warranty, covenant defaults, certain non-payments or defaults under other material indebtedness, events
of bankruptcy and a change of control. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants
under its senior secured credit facilities, including compliance with a maximum permitted senior secured bank leverage ratio
(the Company's sole financial maintenance covenant) of 5.00x to 1.00.
Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes
Outstanding Tranches of Notes
At March 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding $1,145.0 million in aggregate principal 8.50% senior notes due 2018
(the "8.50% Notes"). The 8.50% Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.50% per annum, payable on each May 1 and November 1, and
will mature on May 1, 2018. The Company also had outstanding $2.0 million in principal of the 8.875% senior notes due 2016.
The indenture governing the 8.50% Notes (the "Indenture") permits optional redemption of the notes, generally on or
after May 1, 2014, on specified terms and at specified prices. In addition, the Indenture provides that, prior to May 1, 2014, the
outstanding 8.50% Notes may be redeemed at the Company's option in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a
redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus (ii) a “make whole” premium
specified in the Indenture, and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date. The
Company must provide specified prior notice for redemption of the notes in accordance with the Indenture.
Notwithstanding the above, the Company's ability to make payments on, redeem, repurchase or otherwise retire for value,
prior to the scheduled repayment or maturity, the notes may be constrained or prohibited under the above-referenced senior
secured credit facilities.
The notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture governing the 8.50% Notes permits the Company to
incur all permitted indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) without restriction, which includes amounts borrowed under the
senior secured credit facilities.
62
The Indenture contains customary covenants, among others, limiting dividends, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
the issuance of certain forms of equity, investments, purchases or redemptions of stock, restricted payments, transactions with
affiliates and mergers and sales of assets, and requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase notes upon the occurrence of
a change in control, as defined in the Indenture. In addition, payment on the 8.50% Notes may or shall be accelerated per the
terms of the indenture upon certain events of default or a change of control. Events of default include, among others, the
failure to pay principal and interest when due, a breach of the Company's agreements under the Indenture, certain non-
payments or defaults under other indebtedness, and events of bankruptcy. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was in
compliance with all applicable covenants under the Indenture.
The above covenants are also subject to a number of important qualifications. For example, the Indenture does not
impose any limitation on the incurrence by the Company of liabilities that are not considered “indebtedness” under the
Indenture, such as certain sale/leaseback transactions; nor does the Indenture impose any limitation on the amount of liabilities
incurred by the Company's subsidiaries, if any, that might be designated as “unrestricted subsidiaries” (as defined in the
Indenture). In addition, despite the above restrictions, the Company may incur additional indebtedness and issue certain forms
of equity if immediately prior to the consummation of such events, the fixed charge coverage ratio for the most recently ended
four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, as defined in the Indenture, would have been at
least 2.00 to 1.00, including the pro forma application of the additional indebtedness or equity issuance.
The indenture governing the other outstanding notes does not contain material restrictive covenants, and permits optional
redemption of the notes on certain terms at certain prices.
Former Senior Subordinated Notes
During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed a full redemption of all $300.0 million principal amount
of then-outstanding 11.75% senior subordinated notes due 2016 (the "11.75% Notes") for $325.0 million in cash, which
included $7.4 million of accrued interest and $17.6 million of early redemption premiums. The Company recognized related
pre-tax expense of $21.1 million, which was comprised of the $17.6 million early redemption premiums and a $3.5 million
non-cash write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs. Upon the redemption, the indenture governing the 11.75% Notes
was discharged in accordance with its terms.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company retired $0.3 million of 10.125% senior subordinated notes due 2012
upon reaching their scheduled maturity.
April 2010 Cash Tender Offers and $1,145.0 Million Note Offering
In fiscal 2011, the Company issued the 8.50% Notes in a private offering. The proceeds from the offering were used to
fund (including transaction costs) the Company's cash tender offers for previously outstanding debt. The Company accounted
for the cash tender offers and the issuance of the 8.50% Notes in accordance with ASC 470-50. Pursuant to this guidance, the
cash tender offers were accounted for as an extinguishment of debt. The Company recognized a $100.8 million loss on the debt
extinguishment in fiscal 2011, which was comprised of a $63.5 million bond tender premium paid to lenders, as well as the
$25.4 million non-cash write-off of deferred financing fees and $11.9 million net original issue discount associated with the
extinguished debt. Additionally, the Company capitalized approximately $14.6 million of third party transaction costs, which
are being amortized over the life of the 8.50% Notes as interest expense using the effective interest method.
Other Subsidiary Debt
During the second quarter of fiscal 2013 and third quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company received $4.3 million and $5.5
million, respectively, in net proceeds from financing agreements related to facility modernization projects at two North
American manufacturing facilities. These financing agreements were structured with unrelated third party financial institutions
(the "Investor") and their wholly-owned community development entities in connection with the Company's participation in
transactions qualified under the federal New Market Tax Credit program, pursuant to Section 45D of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended. Through its participation in this program, the Company has secured low interest financing and the
potential for future debt forgiveness related to eligible capital projects. Upon closing of these transactions, the Company
provided an aggregate of $27.6 million, to the Investor in the form of loans receivable, with a term of thirty years, bearing an
interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum. Additionally, the Company received aggregate loan proceeds of $37.4 million
($27.6 million of which was derived from the aforementioned loans receivable) payable to the community development entities
sponsoring each project. Similar to the loans receivable, these loans have a term of thirty years and bear an interest rate of
approximately 2.0% per annum. As collateral for these loans, the Company has granted a security interest in the assets acquired
with the loan proceeds. No earlier than December 2018 and upon meeting certain conditions, both the Investor and the
Company have the ability to trigger forgiveness of the net debt which could result in a net non-operating gain of up to $9.8
million, excluding applicable transaction costs. To the extent the loans payable are not forgiven, the Company would be
required to repay the full amount of the outstanding $37.4 million principal balance and would concurrently receive a loan
repayment of $27.6 million on the aforementioned loans receivable, resulting in a net $9.8 million use of liquidity.
63
The aggregate loans of $37.4 million are recorded in Long-Term Debt on the consolidated balance sheet and the
aggregate loans receivable of $27.6 million are recorded in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company
incurred $0.7 million of debt issuance costs related to the above transactions, which are being amortized over the life of the
agreements.
At March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, various wholly-owned subsidiaries had outstanding debt of $49.9 million and
$31.1 million, respectively, comprised primarily of loans payable as a result of the New Market Tax Credit financing
agreements referenced above as well as borrowings at various foreign subsidiaries and capital lease obligations.
Accounts Receivable Securitization Program
In fiscal 2012, the Company entered into a five-year Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and Administration
Agreement (the “RFAA”) by and among Rexnord Funding LLC (“Funding,” a wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote special
purpose subsidiary), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a
lender, a swing line lender and administrative agent (“GECC”). The RFAA is the principal operative agreement under which
certain subsidiaries continuously sell substantially all of their domestic trade accounts receivable to Funding for cash and
subordinated notes (the “Program”). Funding in turn may obtain revolving loans and letters of credit from GECC under the
RFAA. The maximum borrowing amount under the RFAA is $100.0 million, subject to certain eligibility requirements related
to the amount and type of receivables owned by Funding; the RFAA also contains an “accordion” provision pursuant to which
Funding can request that the facility be increased by $75.0 million. All of the receivables purchased by Funding are pledged as
collateral for revolving loans and letters of credit obtained from GECC under the RFAA.
The Program does not qualify for sale accounting under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing (“ASC 860”), and as such, any
borrowings are accounted for as secured borrowings on the consolidated balance sheet. Financing costs associated with the
Program are recorded within “Interest expense, net” in the consolidated statement of operations if revolving loans or letters of
credit are obtained under the RFAA.
Borrowings under the RFAA bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.25%. Outstanding borrowings mature on
May 20, 2016. In addition, a non-use fee of 0.50% is applied to the unutilized portion of the $100.0 million commitment. These
rates are per annum and the fees are paid to GECC on a monthly basis.
At March 31, 2013, the Company's available borrowing capacity under the Program was $100.0 million, based on the
current accounts receivables balance subject to the Program. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Program as of
March 31, 2013. Additionally, the Program requires compliance with certain covenants and performance ratios contained in the
RFAA. As of March 31, 2013, Funding was in compliance with all applicable covenants and performance ratios.
Future Debt Maturities
Future maturities of debt as of March 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):
Year ending March 31:
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter (1)
$
$
169.3
8.4
8.4
9.9
5.9
1,929.7
2,131.6
(1)
Includes the unamortized original issue discount of $3.5 million at March 31, 2013 from the term loan facility.
Cash interest paid for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $149.4 million, $171.5 million, and $143.6
million, respectively.
64
12. Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company is exposed to certain financial risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The
Company currently selectively uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts to manage its foreign currency risk. All
hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to defined policies and procedures that prohibit the use of financial
instruments for speculative purposes.
Foreign Exchange Contracts
The Company periodically enters into foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the foreign currency volatility
relative to certain intercompany and external cash flows expected to occur. The Company currently has entered into foreign
currency forward contracts that exchange Canadian dollars (“CAD”) for United States dollars (“USD”), USD for Euro ("EUR")
and EUR for Czech Koruna ("CZK"). The forward contracts in place as of March 31, 2013 expire between April 2013 and
December 2013 and have total notional amounts in connection with CAD for USD contracts of $10.0 million CAD ($10.2
million USD) with contract rates ranging between $0.98CAD:$1USD to $0.99CAD:$1USD, USD for EUR contracts of $0.5
million USD (€0.4 million EUR) with rates ranging between $1.29USD:€1EUR to $1.34USD:€1EUR and EUR for CZK of €2.5
million EUR (63.6 million CZK) with rates approximating €0.04EUR:1CZK.
These foreign currency forward contracts were not accounted for as effective cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC
815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”) and as such were marked to market through earnings. See the amounts recorded on
the consolidated balance sheets and recognized within the consolidated statements of operations related to the Company's
foreign currency forward contracts within the tables below.
Interest Rate Swaps
Effective March 5, 2012, in connection with the Company's refinancing of the senior secured credit facility, the Company
terminated the three interest rate swaps previously aligned to the prior term loans. See Note 11 Long-Term Debt for additional
information on the refinancing of senior secured credit facilities. As a result of the termination of the interest rate swaps, there
were no related balances reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012. See amounts
recognized within the consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011
related to the Company’s interest rate swaps within the tables below.
The Company's derivatives are measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosure (“ASC 820”). See Note 13 Fair Value Measurements for more information as it relates to the fair value measurement
of the Company's derivative financial instruments.
The following table indicates the location and the fair value of the Company's derivative instruments within the
consolidated balance sheet.
Fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20 (in millions):
Asset Derivatives
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
Balance Sheet
Classification
—
Other current assets
Liability Derivatives
—
Other current liabilities
Foreign currency forward contracts
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
$
0.3
0.1
$
$
65
The following tables indicate the location and the amount of gains and losses associated with the Company's derivative
instruments, net of tax, recognized within the consolidated statements of operations. The information is segregated between
designated, qualifying ASC 815-20 hedging instruments and non-qualifying, non-designated hedging instruments (in millions):
Derivative instruments designated as
cash flow hedging relationships under
ASC 815-20
Location of loss reclassified from
accumulated OCI into income
March 31,
2013
Year Ended
March 31,
2012
March 31,
2011
Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated OCI
into income
Interest rate swaps
Interest expense, net
Loss on the extinguishment of debt
Total
$
$
— $
—
— $
(5.8) $
(3.2)
(9.0) $
(7.5)
—
(7.5)
Amount recognized in other income (expense), net
Derivative instruments not designated as
hedging instruments under ASC 815-20
Location of gain or (loss)
recognized in income on
derivatives
March 31,
2013
Year Ended
March 31,
2012
March 31,
2011
Foreign currency forward contracts
Other income (expense), net
$
0.5
$
0.5
$
(0.1)
13. Fair Value Measurements
ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. ASC 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques.
Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest
level) reflect internally developed assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use.
In accordance with ASC 820, fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:
• Level 1- Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
• Level 2- Quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are
not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable.
• Level 3- Model-derived valuations in which one or more inputs or value-drivers are both significant to the fair value
measurement and unobservable.
If applicable, the Company uses quoted market prices in active markets to determine fair value, and therefore classifies
such measurements within Level 1. In some cases where market prices are not available, the Company makes use of observable
market based inputs to calculate fair value, in which case the measurements are classified within Level 2. If quoted or
observable market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use, where possible,
current market-based parameters. These measurements are classified within Level 3 if they use significant unobservable inputs.
The Company's fair value measurements which were impacted by ASC 820 as of March 31, 2013 include:
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on a pricing model that utilizes the differential between the
contract price and the market-based forward rate as applied to fixed future deliveries of currency at pre-designated settlement
dates.
The Company endeavors to utilize the best available information in measuring fair value. As required by the standard,
financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement. The Company has determined that its foreign currency forward contracts reside within Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy. There were no transfers of assets between levels during the year ended March 31, 2013. The fair value of financial
instrument assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2012 was immaterial.
66
The following table provides a summary of the Company's assets and liabilities that were recognized at fair value on a
recurring basis as of March 31, 2013 (in millions):
Assets:
Foreign currency forward contracts
Total assets at fair value
Liabilities:
Foreign currency forward contracts
Total liabilities at fair value
Fair Value as of March 31, 2013
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
0.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
$
$
$
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
0.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
Fair Value of Non-Derivative Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash, receivables, payables and accrued liabilities approximated fair value at March 31, 2013
and March 31, 2012 due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The carrying value of long-term debt recognized within
the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 was approximately $2,131.6 million and $2,423.7
million, respectively, whereas the fair value of long-term debt as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 was approximately
$2,254.1 million and $2,524.9 million, respectively. The fair value is based on quoted market prices for the same issues.
Long-lived Assets and Intangible Assets
Long-lived assets (which includes property, plant and equipment and real estate) may be measured at fair value if such
assets are held-for-sale or when there is a determination that the asset is impaired. Intangible assets (which include patents,
tradenames, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements) also may be measured at fair value when there is a
determination that the asset is impaired. The determination of fair value for these assets is based on the best information
available, including internal cash flow estimates discounted at an appropriate interest rate, quoted market prices when available,
market prices for similar assets and independent appraisals, as appropriate. For real estate, cash flow estimates are based on
current market estimates that reflect current and projected lease profiles and available industry information about expected
trends in rental, occupancy and capitalization rates.
14. Leases
The Company leases manufacturing and warehouse facilities and data processing and other equipment under non-
cancelable operating leases which expire at various dates primarily through 2018. Rent expense under operating leases totaled
$16.0 million, $14.8 million and $11.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Future minimum rental payments for operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2013 is as
follows (in millions):
Year ending March 31:
Thereafter
2014 $
2015
2016
2017
2018
$
15.9
12.1
8.8
6.6
5.7
9.2
58.3
67
15. Stock Options
ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), requires compensation costs related to share-based payment
transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. Generally, compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair
value of the equity instruments issued. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, generally as the
awards vest.
In connection with the Apollo transaction, the Board of Directors adopted, and stockholders approved, the 2006 Stock
Option Plan (the “2006 Option Plan”). Persons eligible to receive options under the 2006 Option Plan include officers,
employees or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and certain consultants and advisors to the Company or any of
its subsidiaries. The maximum number of shares of the Company's common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to
options under the 2006 Option Plan equals 11,239,290 shares. Following the consummation of the Company's initial public
offering in April 2012, all outstanding unvested options under the 2006 Option Plan, including that portion of options that was
scheduled to vest with respect to fiscal 2012 Company performance, were amended to vest solely based on continued
employment with the Company over the 5 year vesting period.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Board of Directors (with stockholder approval) adopted the Rexnord Corporation
2012 Incentive Plan (the "2012 Incentive Plan", and together with the 2006 Option Plan, the "Option Plans"), which operates as
a successor plan to the 2006 Option Plan. The 2012 Incentive Plan is intended to continue to provide performance incentives to
the Company's officers, employees, directors and certain others by permitting grants of equity awards and performance-based
cash awards to such persons, to encourage them to maximize Rexnord's performance and create value for Rexnord's
stockholders, but broadens the types of awards permitted by the 2006 Option Plan. The options under the 2012 Incentive Plan
have a maximum term of ten years after the grant date with 50% of the options vesting three years after the grant date and the
remaining 50% vesting five years after the grant date, with the exception of options granted to directors of the Company, which
vest ratably over three years. With the adoption of the 2012 Incentive Plan, no further options will be granted under the 2006
Option Plan.
The 2012 Incentive Plan permits the grant of awards that may deliver up to an aggregate of 8,350,000 shares of common
stock further subject to limits on the number of shares that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options, on the shares
that may be delivered on the awards to any individual in a single year, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code. The 2012 Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee.
The fair value of each option granted under the Option Plans was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
valuation model that uses the following weighted-average assumptions:
Expected option term (in years)
Expected volatility factor
Weighted-average risk free interest rate
Expected dividend rate
Year Ended
March 31, 2013
Year Ended
March 31, 2012
Year Ended
March 31, 2011
7.5
34%
1.71%
0.0%
7.5
34%
1.64%
0.0%
7.5
39%
2.28%
0.0%
Options granted under the Option Plans have a term of ten years. Management’s estimate of the option term for options
granted under the Option Plans is 7.5 years based on the midpoint between when the options vest and when they expire. The
Company’s expected volatility assumptions are based on the expected volatilities of publicly-traded companies within the
Company’s industry. The weighted average risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date
of grant. Management also assumes expected dividends of zero. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted
under the Option Plans during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $8.22, $7.46 and $4.04, respectively. The total fair value of
options vested during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.2 million, $9.0 million and $5.6 million.
During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $7.1 million, $3.7 million and $5.6 million of stock-based
compensation, respectively (the related tax benefit on these amounts was $2.5 million for fiscal 2013, $1.4 million for fiscal
2012, and $2.2 million for fiscal 2011). During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company also recorded $18.1 million, $0.0
million and $0.5 million, respectively, of an excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised during the fiscal year. As of
March 31, 2013, there was $19.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted
under the Option Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.
68
Other information relative to stock options and the changes period over period are as follows:
Year-Ended March 31, 2013
Year-Ended March 31, 2012
Year-Ended March 31, 2011
Shares
Weighted
Avg. Exercise
Price
Number of shares under option:
Outstanding at beginning of period
10,874,371
Granted
Exercised (1)
Canceled/Forfeited
Outstanding at end of period (2)
Exercisable at end of period (3)
2,626,157
(3,746,740)
(303,591)
9,450,197
5,879,052
$
$
$
5.27
20.56
3.77
13.58
9.85
5.30
Shares
10,700,275
431,459
(5,465)
(251,898)
10,874,371
8,949,922
Weighted
Avg. Exercise
Price
$
$
$
4.74
18.74
4.80
5.39
5.27
4.49
Shares
10,401,197
894,981
(424,362)
(171,541)
10,700,275
6,206,848
Weighted
Avg. Exercise
Price
$
$
$
4.38
8.89
4.31
6.08
4.74
4.06
______________________
(1)
(2)
(3)
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $56.1 million, $0.1 million and $1.9 million,
respectively.
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding is 6.1 years at March 31, 2013, 5.7 years at March 31, 2012
and 6.6 years at March 31, 2011. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at March 31, 2013 is $108.8 million.
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable is 4.6 years at March 31, 2013, 5.0 years at March 31, 2012
and 5.8 years at March 31, 2011. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at March 31, 2013 is $93.7 million.
Non-vested options at March 31, 2012
Granted
Vested
Canceled/Forfeited
Non-vested options at March 31, 2013
16. Retirement Benefits
Shares
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
1,924,449
$
2,626,157
(684,792)
(294,669)
3,571,145
$
3.77
8.22
3.20
5.61
6.99
The Company sponsors pension and other postretirement benefit plans for certain employees. Most of the Company’s
employees are accumulating retirement income benefits through defined contribution plans. However, the Company does
sponsor frozen pension plans for its salaried participants and ongoing pension benefits for certain employees represented by
collective bargaining. These plans provide for monthly pension payments to eligible employees upon retirement. Pension
benefits for salaried employees generally are based on years of frozen credited service and average earnings. Pension benefits
for hourly employees generally are based on specified benefit amounts and years of service. The Company’s policy is to fund
its pension obligations in conformity with the funding requirements under applicable laws and governmental regulations. Other
postretirement benefits consist of retiree medical plans that cover a portion of employees in the United States that meet certain
age and service requirements.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company voluntarily changed its method of accounting for actuarial gains
and losses related to its pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Previously, the Company recognized actuarial gains and
losses as a component of stockholders' equity on the consolidated balance sheet and amortized the actuarial gains and losses
over participants' average remaining service period, or average remaining life expectancy, when all or almost all plan
participants are inactive, as a component of net periodic benefit cost if the unrecognized gain or loss exceeded 10 percent of the
greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the plan's projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year (the
"corridor"). Under the new method, the net actuarial gains or losses in excess of the corridor are recognized immediately in
operating results during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year (or upon any re-measurement date). Net periodic benefit costs
recorded on a quarterly basis would continue to primarily be comprised of service and interest cost, amortization of
unrecognized prior service cost and the expected return on plan assets.
69
The components of net periodic benefit cost reported in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows (in
millions):
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Year Ended
Pension Benefits:
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of:
Prior service cost
Curtailment
Recognition of actuarial losses (gains)
Net periodic benefit cost
Other Postretirement Benefits:
Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization:
Prior service credit
Recognition of actuarial (gains) losses
Net periodic benefit cost
$
$
$
$
1.9
31.6
(31.9)
0.6
0.2
7.2
9.6
0.1
1.5
(2.0)
(1.7)
(2.1)
$
$
$
$
1.9
33.6
(33.1)
0.3
—
7.5
10.2
0.1
1.8
(2.0)
1.6
1.5
$
$
$
$
2.0
33.3
(36.3)
0.3
—
(0.2)
(0.9)
0.1
2.0
(2.0)
2.7
2.8
The Company made contributions to its U.S. qualified pension plan trusts of $8.4 million, $8.4 million and $11.7 million
during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company froze the benefits for one of its U.S. pension plans, as a result a
curtailment loss of $0.2 million was recognized.
70
The status of the plans are summarized as follows (in millions):
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
$
(679.0) $
(601.4) $
(37.0) $
(36.4)
Pension Benefits
Year Ended
March 31, 2013
Year-Ended
March 31, 2012
Other Postretirement Benefits
Year-Ended
Year Ended
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2013
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (losses) gains
Plan amendments
Benefits paid
Plan participant contributions
Acquisitions
Curtailment
Translation adjustment
Benefit obligation at end of period
Plan assets at the beginning of the period
Actual return on plan assets
Contributions
Benefits paid
Acquisitions
Translation adjustment
Plan assets at end of period
Funded status of plans
Net amount on Consolidated Balance Sheet consists of:
Current liabilities
Long-term liabilities
Total net funded status
(1.9)
(31.6)
(50.5)
0.4
40.1
(0.3)
(1.2)
1.1
2.3
(1.9)
(33.6)
(76.1)
—
37.8
(0.4)
(6.6)
—
3.2
(0.1)
(1.5)
1.8
—
4.2
(1.0)
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
$
$
(720.6) $
549.2
$
(679.0) $
523.1
$
(33.6) $
— $
54.7
13.3
(40.1)
1.1
(0.5)
50.8
13.7
(37.8)
—
(0.6)
577.7
$
(142.9) $
549.2
$
(129.8) $
(2.9) $
(3.0) $
(140.0)
(126.8)
(142.9) $
(129.8) $
—
4.2
(4.2)
—
—
— $
(33.6) $
(2.8) $
(30.8)
(33.6) $
(0.1)
(1.8)
(1.0)
—
3.3
(1.0)
—
—
—
(37.0)
—
—
3.3
(3.3)
—
—
—
(37.0)
(3.3)
(33.7)
(37.0)
As of March 31, 2013, the Company had pension plans with a combined projected benefit obligation of $720.6 million
compared to plan assets of $577.7 million, resulting in an under-funded status of $142.9 million compared to an under-funded
status of $129.8 million at March 31, 2012. The Company’s underfunded status has increased year-over-year primarily as a
result of the decreased interest rates in fiscal 2013. Any further changes in the assumptions underlying the Company’s pension
values, including those that arise as a result of declines in equity markets and changes in interest rates, could result in increased
pension cost which could negatively affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations in future periods.
71
Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), net of tax, at March 31, 2013 consist of the
following (in millions):
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)
Unrecognized actuarial loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), gross
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), net
Pension
Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
Total
1.0
$
(11.1) $
70.4
71.4
(25.2)
0.8
(10.3)
3.5
46.2
$
(6.8) $
(10.1)
71.2
61.1
(21.7)
39.4
$
$
The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income expected to be recognized as components of net
expense during the next year are prior service cost (credit) of $0.2 million and $(2.0) million for pension benefits and other
postretirement benefits, respectively.
The following table presents significant assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost
(income) in weighted-average percentages:
March 31,
2013
Pension Benefits
March 31,
2012
March 31,
2011
Other Postretirement Benefits
March 31,
2012
March 31,
2011
March 31,
2013
Benefit Obligations:
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on plan assets
4.25%
3.42%
4.83%
3.40%
6.00%
4.83%
3.40%
5.75%
3.40%
6.58%
5.75%
3.40%
5.93%
3.40%
7.94%
3.80%
n/a
4.40%
n/a
5.40%
n/a
4.40%
5.40%
6.00%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
In evaluating the expected return on plan assets, consideration was given to historical long-term rates of return on plan
assets and input from the Company’s pension fund consultant on asset class return expectations, long-term inflation and current
market conditions.
The following table presents the Company’s target investment allocations for the year ended March 31, 2013 and actual
investment allocations at March 31, 2013 and 2012.
Plan Assets
2013
Target
Allocation (2)
Actual
Allocation
2012
Actual
Allocation
30%
68%
2%
30%
67%
3%
29%
68%
3%
Investment
Policy (1)
20 - 30%
55 - 80%
0 - 10%
Equity securities
Debt securities (including cash and cash equivalents)
Other
(1)
(2)
The investment policy allocation represents the guidelines of the Company's principal U.S. pension plans based on the changes in
the plans funded status.
The target allocations represent the weighted average target allocations for the Company's principal U.S. pension plans.
72
The Company's defined benefit pension investment strategy is evolving from an objective of maximizing asset returns
toward a dynamic liability driven investment (“LDI”) strategy as the funded status improves. The objective is to more closely
align the pension plan assets with its liabilities in terms of how both respond to interest rate changes. The plan assets are
allocated into two investment categories: (i) LDI, comprised of high quality, investment grade fixed income securities and (ii)
return seeking, comprised of traditional securities and alternative asset classes. All assets are managed externally according to
guidelines established individually with investment managers and the Company's investment consultant. The Company
periodically undertakes asset and liability modeling studies to determine the appropriateness of the investments. The Company
intends to continuously reduce the assets allocated to the return seeking category, thereby increasing the assets allocated to the
LDI category based on the overall improvement in the plan funded status. No equity securities of the Company are held in the
portfolio.
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets for both the U.S and non-U.S. plans at March 31, 2013 and 2012,
by asset category were as follows (in millions). For information on the fair value hierarchy and the inputs used to measure fair
value, see Note 13 Fair Value Measurements.
Cash and cash equivalents
Mutual and commingled funds (1)
Alternative investments (2)
Insurance contracts
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
Mutual and commingled funds (1)
Alternative investments (2)
Insurance contracts
Total
As of March 31, 2013
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Total
1.2
$
4.1
$
— $
—
—
—
508.1
—
—
—
52.0
12.3
1.2
$
512.2
$
64.3
$
As of March 31, 2012
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
Total
2.0
$
5.8
$
— $
—
—
—
477.8
—
—
—
54.8
8.8
2.0
$
483.6
$
63.6
$
$
$
$
$
5.3
508.1
52.0
12.3
577.7
7.8
477.8
54.8
8.8
549.2
(1)
(2)
The Company's mutual and commingled funds primarily include investments in common stock, U.S. government securities, and
corporate bonds. The commingled funds also include an insignificant portion of investments in asset-backed securities or
partnerships. Mutual and commingled funds are valued using quoted market prices of the underlying investments.
The Company's alternative investments include venture capital and partnership investments. Alternative investments are valued
using the net assets value, which reflects the plan's share of the fair value of the investments.
73
The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 investments for the years ended
March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):
Beginning balance, March 31, 2011
$
44.3
$
8.2
$
Alternative
Investments
Insurance
Contracts
Total
Actual return on assets:
Related to assets held at reporting date
Related to assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
Ending balance, March 31, 2012
Actual return on assets:
Related to assets held at reporting date
Related to assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
Ending balance, March 31, 2013
6.8
0.1
3.6
—
54.8
(0.6)
1.8
(4.0)
—
0.6
—
—
—
8.8
3.5
—
—
—
$
52.0
$
12.3
$
52.5
7.4
0.1
3.6
—
63.6
2.9
1.8
(4.0)
—
64.3
During fiscal 2014, the Company expects to contribute approximately $6.7 million to its defined benefit plans and $2.8
million to its other postretirement benefit plans.
Expected benefit payments to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years
thereafter are as follows (in millions):
Year Ending March 31:
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019-2023
$
38.9
$
39.6
40.2
41.0
41.6
216.0
2.8
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
12.4
Pension Plans That Are Not Fully Funded
At March 31, 2013, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the
pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets were $720.6 million, $710.5
million and $577.7 million, respectively.
At March 31, 2012, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the
pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets were $679.0 million, $667.4
million and $549.2 million, respectively.
Other Postretirement Benefits
The other postretirement benefit obligation was determined using an assumed health care cost trend rate of 7.5% in fiscal
2013 grading down to 5.0% in fiscal 2018 and thereafter. The discount rate, compensation rate increase and health care cost
trend rate assumptions are determined as of the measurement date.
74
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on amounts reported for the retiree medical plans. A one-
percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effect (in millions):
One Percentage Point Increase
Year Ended March 31,
2012
2011
2013
One Percentage Point Decrease
Year Ended March 31,
2012
2013
2011
Increase (decrease) in total of service and interest cost components $
Increase (decrease) in postretirement benefit obligation
$
0.1
2.7
$
0.1
2.7
$
0.2
2.6
(0.1) $
(2.3)
(0.1) $
(2.4)
(0.1)
(2.3)
Multi-Employer and Government-sponsored Plans
The Company participates in certain multi-employer and government-sponsored plans for eligible employees. Expense
related to these plans was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011,
respectively.
Defined Contribution Savings Plans
The Company sponsors certain defined-contribution savings plans for eligible employees. Expense related to these plans
was $14.2 million, $11.0 million, and $6.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
17. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes consists of amounts for taxes currently payable and amounts for tax items deferred to
future periods, as well as adjustments relating to the Company's determination of uncertain tax positions, including interest and
penalties. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the future tax consequences attributable to tax
net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and
the tax bases of applicable assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are regularly reviewed for recoverability and valuation
allowances are established based on historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals
of existing temporary differences. As a result of this review, we have established a valuation allowance against substantially all
of our deferred tax assets relating to certain foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards and a partial valuation allowance
against certain others, as well as a partial valuation allowance against foreign tax credit carryforwards.
Income Tax Provision (Benefit)
The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows (in millions):
Current:
United States
Non-United States
State and local
Total current
Deferred:
United States
Non-United States
State and local
Total deferred
2013
Year ended March 31,
2012
2011
$
0.1
$
1.1
$
16.9
1.0
18.0
10.3
(7.0)
(1.0)
2.3
16.7
1.6
19.4
(0.7)
(6.4)
(2.9)
(10.0)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
$
20.3
$
9.4
$
0.3
11.1
0.5
11.9
(19.1)
(2.1)
(0.9)
(22.1)
(10.2)
75
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the United States statutory income tax rate due to the following
items (in millions):
Provision (benefit) for income taxes at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
$
26.3
$
15.7
$
(21.6)
Year ended March 31,
2012
2011
2013
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit
Net effects of foreign rate differential
Net effects of foreign related operations
Net effect to deferred taxes for changes in tax rates
Unrecognized tax benefits, net of federal benefit
Change in net valuation allowance
Capitalized transaction costs
Other
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
3.0
(5.4)
(4.2)
(0.1)
0.2
—
0.2
0.3
$
20.3
$
0.9
(1.9)
(4.3)
(1.2)
(0.8)
(0.9)
1.3
0.6
9.4
(3.7)
(2.2)
11.5
(0.4)
(1.5)
7.6
—
0.1
$
(10.2)
The provision (benefit) for income taxes was calculated based upon the following components of income (loss) before
income taxes (in millions):
United States
Non-United States
Income (loss) before income taxes
Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
Year ended March 31,
2012
2011
2013
$
$
38.5
$
36.7
75.2
$
21.3
$
23.6
44.9
$
(91.0)
27.7
(63.3)
Deferred income taxes consist of the tax effects of the following temporary differences (in millions):
Deferred tax assets:
Compensation and retirement benefits
US federal and state tax operating loss carryforwards
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards
Other
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Intangible assets and goodwill
Cancellation of indebtedness
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities
March 31, 2013 March 31, 2012
$
82.5
$
63.8
50.5
15.6
20.2
232.6
(73.1)
159.5
46.3
34.6
236.7
78.4
396.0
$
236.5
$
82.4
72.3
54.9
26.0
11.1
246.7
(90.3)
156.4
53.6
34.5
243.2
78.4
409.7
253.3
These deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheets based on the balance sheet
classification of the related assets and liabilities.
76
Management has reviewed its deferred tax assets and has analyzed the uncertainty with respect to ultimately realizing the
related tax benefits associated with such assets. Based upon this analysis, management has determined that a valuation
allowance should be established for deferred tax assets relating to certain foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards, as
well as foreign tax credit carryforwards. Significant factors considered by management in this determination included the
historical operating results of the Company (including the impairment charges recorded for the year ended March 31, 2009) as
well as anticipated reversals of future taxable temporary differences. A valuation allowance was recorded at March 31, 2013
and 2012 for deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards, foreign net operating loss carryforwards and
foreign tax credit carryforwards for which utilization is uncertain. The significant reduction in both the foreign net operating
loss carryforwards and valuation allowance presented above was generally not due to the utilization of these particular
carryforwards but rather as a result of certain restructuring relating to the divestiture based in Germany (discussed in Note 3,
Acquisitions and Divestiture) rendering the possible utilization of certain related net operating loss carryforwards remote. As
such, the affected deferred tax asset has been written off against its related valuation allowance. The carryforward period for
the foreign tax credit is ten years. The carryforward period for the U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward is twenty years.
The carryforward periods for the state net operating losses range from five to twenty years. Certain foreign net operating loss
carryforwards are subject to a five year expiration period, and the carryforward period for the remaining foreign net operating
losses is indefinite.
No provision has been made for United States income taxes related to approximately $138.5 million of undistributed
earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be permanently reinvested. Due to existing net operating loss and foreign
tax credit carryforwards, no income tax liability would generally result if such earnings were repatriated to the U.S., other than
potential withholding taxes of approximately $3.4 million.
Net cash paid for income taxes to governmental tax authorities for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was
$16.7 million, $17.5 million and $15.3 million, respectively.
Liability for Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company's total liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 was $27.5 million
and $34.1 million, respectively.
The following table represents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the gross unrecognized tax
benefits, excluding interest and penalties, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 (in millions):
Balance at beginning of period
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Settlements
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance at end of period
Year Ended March 31,
2012
2013
$
29.6
$
—
—
—
(5.0)
(0.8)
0.2
$
24.0
$
23.6
7.8
—
—
(0.3)
(1.3)
(0.2)
29.6
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of
March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits includes $10.5 million and $10.0 million of
gross accrued interest and penalties, respectively. The amount of interest and penalties recorded as income tax expense (benefit)
during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.9 million, $0.8 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company completed an examination of its German corporate income and
trade tax returns relating to VAG's German operations for the tax periods ended December 31, 2006 through December 31,
2010. The majority of the settlement amount noted in the table above was a result of the completion of this examination. The
Company paid approximately $0.4 million to conclude this examination; however, this amount was subsequently reimbursed
by the prior owners in accordance with a tax indemnity agreement. In addition, as the Company was still within the one-year
window from the acquisition date of VAG, the additional decrease in unrecognized net income tax benefits resulting from this
settlement was treated as a reduction to goodwill versus a reduction to income tax expense.
The Company conducts business in multiple locations within and outside the U.S. Consequently, the Company is subject
to periodic income tax examinations by domestic and foreign income tax authorities. Currently, the Company is undergoing
routine, periodic income tax examinations in both domestic and foreign jurisdictions. In addition, a number of the Company's
German subsidiaries are currently under examination for their German corporate and trade tax returns covering multiple
77
periods. Similarly, a number of the Company's Italian subsidiaries are under examination with respect to their corporate income
tax returns, also covering multiple periods. It appears reasonably possible that the amounts of unrecognized income tax benefits
could change in the next twelve months as a result of such examinations; however, any potential payments of income tax,
interest and penalties are not expected to be significant to the Company's consolidated financial statements. With certain
exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ending prior to March 31,
2010, state and local income tax examinations for years ending prior to fiscal 2009 or significant foreign income tax
examinations for years ending prior to fiscal 2008. With respect to the Company's U.S. federal NOL carryforward, the short tax
period from July 21, 2006 to March 31, 2007 (due to the change in control when Apollo Management, L.P. acquired the
Company) and the tax years ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 are open under statutes of limitations; whereby, the
Internal Revenue Service may not adjust the income tax liability for these years, but may reduce the NOL carryforward and any
other tax attribute carryforwards to future, open tax years.
18. Related Party Transactions
Management Services Fee
From 2006 to 2012, the Company had a management services agreement with an affiliate of Apollo for advisory and
consulting services related to corporate management, finance, product strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters
relating to our business. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company incurred $3.0 million of costs in each of the years
ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, plus out-of-pocket expenses in each period. Upon the consummation of the Company's IPO in
fiscal 2013, the Company and Apollo and its affiliates terminated the management consulting agreement, and in connection
with the termination Apollo and its affiliates have received $15.0 million (plus $0.7 million of unreimbursed expenses) from the
Company. Such payment was negotiated as a reduced amount in lieu of the one-time termination fee of $20.1 million that
Apollo otherwise would be entitled to receive under the management consulting agreement, corresponding to the present value
of the aggregate annual fees that would have been payable during the remainder of the term of the agreement (assuming a
twelve-year term from the date of the amended agreement). No other costs or fees were incurred under the agreement in fiscal
2013.
Consulting Services
From 2006 to 2012, the Company had a management consulting agreement (the “Cypress Agreement”) with Mr. George
Sherman, the Chairman of the Board, and two entities controlled by Mr. Sherman, Cypress Group, LLC and Cypress Industrial
Holdings, LLC (collectively, “Cypress”). The Cypress Agreement provided that Mr. Sherman had a right to serve as our Non-
Executive Chairman of the Board. The Cypress Agreement also eliminated the annual consulting fees payable to Mr. Sherman
and/or Cypress, but maintained provisions for the reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with
performing the agreement. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, Mr. Sherman did not receive consulting fees under the Cypress
Agreement; he did, however, receive fees in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 for serving on Rexnord's board of directors, including
$250,000 annually for serving as Chairman of the Board. The Cypress Agreement was terminated as of November 2012 as a
consequence of the IPO and Cypress Industrial Holdings, LLC's then-pending dissolution.
During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid fees of approximately $0.2 million and $0.4
million, respectively, for consulting services provided by Next Level Partners, L.L.C. (“NLP”), an entity that is controlled by
certain of our minority stockholders. NLP provided consulting services to us related primarily to lean manufacturing processes,
consolidation and integration of operations, strategic planning and recruitment of managers and executives. During fiscal 2013,
no fees were paid.
Stockholders' Agreements
In connection with the consummation of the Apollo transaction, the Company entered into two separate stockholders'
agreements one with Rexnord Acquisition Holdings I, LLC, Rexnord Acquisition Holdings II, LLC (together with Rexnord
Acquisition Holdings I, LLC, the “Apollo Holders”) and certain other of our stockholders, and the other with the Apollo
Holders, George M. Sherman and Cypress (collectively, the “Stockholders' Agreements”). All terms of the Stockholders'
Agreements terminated upon the consummation of the Company's IPO with the exception of the registration rights provisions
described below.
78
Under the terms of the Stockholders' Agreements, the Company has agreed to register shares of our common stock owned
by affiliates of the Apollo Holders and by Mr. Sherman under the following circumstances:
• Demand Registration Rights. At any time upon the written request from the Apollo Holders, the Company will use
its best efforts to register as soon as possible, but in any event within 90 days, the Company's restricted shares
specified in such request for resale under the Securities Act, subject to customary cutbacks. The Apollo Holders
have the right to make two such written requests in any 12-month period. The Company may defer a demand
registration by up to 90 days if our board of directors determines it would be materially adverse to it to file a
registration statement.
• Piggyback Rights. If at any time the Company proposes to register restricted shares under the Securities Act (other
than on Form S-4 or Form S-8), prompt written notice of its intention shall be given to each stockholder. If within
15 days of delivery of such notice, stockholders elect to include in such registration statement any restricted shares
such person holds, the Company will use its best efforts to register all such restricted shares. The Company will
also include all such restricted shares in any demand registration or registration on Form S-3, subject to customary
cutbacks.
• Registrations on Form S-3. The Apollo Holders may request in writing an unlimited number of demand
registrations on Form S-3 of its restricted shares. At any time upon the written request from the Apollo Holders,
prompt written notice of the proposed registration shall be given to each stockholder. Within 15 days of delivery of
such notice, the stockholders may elect to include in such registration statement any restricted shares such person
holds, subject to customary cutbacks. The Apollo Holders have made a request for demand registration on Form
S-3 with respect to its restricted shares. Consequently, in April 2013, the Company filed a registration statement on
Form S-3 related to the offer and sale of the shares of the Company's common stock by the Apollo Holders and by
Mr. Sherman.
• Holdback. In consideration of the foregoing registration rights, each stockholder has agreed not to transfer any
restricted shares without the Company's prior written consent for a period not to begin more than 10 days prior to
the effectiveness of the registration statement pursuant to which any Company public offering shall be made and
not to exceed 90 days following the consummation of any future public offering.
Nominating Agreement
On April 3, 2012 the Company entered into an agreement with Apollo pursuant to which Apollo has the right, at any time
until Apollo no longer beneficially owns at least 50.1% of Rexnord's outstanding common stock, to require Rexnord to increase
the size of its board of directors by such number that, when added to the number of directors designated by Apollo, would
constitute a majority of Rexnord's board of directors, and to fill those vacancies with directors nominated by Apollo. Until such
time as Apollo no longer beneficially owns at least 50.1% of the Company's outstanding common stock, Apollo has the right to
nominate four designees to the board of directors. After Apollo no longer beneficially owns at least 50.1% of the Company's
outstanding common stock, but until such time as Apollo no longer beneficially owns at least 33 1/3% of Rexnord's outstanding
common stock, Apollo will have the right to nominate three designees to the Company's board of directors. In addition, under
the Company's bylaws, until such time as Apollo no longer beneficially owns at least 33 1/3% of the Company's outstanding
common stock, certain important matters require the approval of a majority of the directors nominated by Apollo voting on
such matters.
Debt Transactions and Purchases of Debt Securities
From time to time, Apollo and the Company's directors and executive officers have purchased debt securities from, or
financed borrowings involving, the Company, or otherwise purchased the Company's debt securities. The following paragraphs
describe any such transactions that occurred during fiscal 2013 and the two previously completed fiscal years.
In April 2012, the Company redeemed $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its then-outstanding 11.75%
Notes, and paid early redemption premiums of $17.6 million and $7.4 million of accrued interest. Certain of the Company's
affiliates, including Messrs. Sherman, Adams and Jeyarajah were holders of the 11.75% Notes at the redemption date and,
therefore, received payments of principal, as well as accrued interest and prepayment premiums, in respect of such
indebtedness upon the redemption in the following amounts: $2.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
During fiscal 2013, no debt securities were purchased by Apollo or the Company's directors and executive officers.
During fiscal 2012, Mr. Sherman, the Company's Chairman and a director, purchased approximately $0.1 million of the
Company's senior notes due 2018. During fiscal 2011, no debt securities were purchased by Apollo or the Company's directors
and executive officers.
As of March 31, 2013, Apollo did not own any of the Company's outstanding indebtedness.
79
Other
One of the underwriters in the Company's IPO (Apollo Global Securities, LLC) is an affiliate of Apollo, and an affiliate
of another underwriter in the IPO (Morgan Joseph TriArtisan LLC) is owned by an affiliate of Apollo. Those underwriters
received customary discounts and commissions out of the Company's IPO proceeds in pro rata proportion to the other
underwriters as follows: Apollo Global Securities received $1.4 million and Morgan Joseph TriArtisan LLC received $0.3
million.
19. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company's subsidiaries are involved in various unresolved legal actions, administrative proceedings and claims in
the ordinary course of business involving, among other things, product liability, commercial, employment, workers'
compensation, intellectual property claims and environmental matters. The Company establishes reserves in a manner that is
consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for costs associated with such matters when
liability is probable and those costs are capable of being reasonably estimated. Although it is not possible to predict with
certainty the outcome of these unresolved legal actions or the range of possible loss or recovery, based upon current
information, management believes the eventual outcome of these unresolved legal actions, either individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
In connection with the Carlyle acquisition in November 2002, Invensys plc has provided the Company with
indemnification against certain contingent liabilities, including certain pre-closing environmental liabilities. The Company
believes that, pursuant to such indemnity obligations, Invensys is obligated to defend and indemnify the Company with respect
to the matters described below relating to the Ellsworth Industrial Park Site and to various asbestos claims. The indemnity
obligations relating to the matters described below are subject, together with indemnity obligations relating to other matters, to
an overall dollar cap equal to the purchase price, which is an amount in excess of $900 million. The following paragraphs
summarize the most significant actions and proceedings:
•
In 2002, Rexnord Industries, LLC (“Rexnord Industries”) was named as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”),
together with at least ten other companies, at the Ellsworth Industrial Park Site, Downers Grove, DuPage County,
Illinois (the “Site”), by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“USEPA”), and the Illinois
Environmental Protection Agency (“IEPA”). Rexnord Industries' Downers Grove property is situated within the
Ellsworth Industrial Complex. The USEPA and IEPA allege there have been one or more releases or threatened
releases of chlorinated solvents and other hazardous substances, pollutants or contaminants, allegedly including but
not limited to a release or threatened release on or from the Company's property, at the Site. The relief sought by the
USEPA and IEPA includes further investigation and potential remediation of the Site and reimbursement of USEPA's
past costs. Rexnord Industries' allocated share of past and future costs related to the Site, including for investigation
and/or remediation, could be significant. All previously pending property damage and personal injury lawsuits against
the Company related to the Site have been settled or dismissed. Pursuant to its indemnity obligation, Invensys
continues to defend the Company in known matters related to the Site and has paid 100% of the costs to date.
• Multiple lawsuits (with approximately 1,000 claimants) are pending in state or federal court in numerous jurisdictions
relating to alleged personal injuries due to the alleged presence of asbestos in certain brakes and clutches previously
manufactured by the Company's Stearns division and/or its predecessor owners. Invensys and FMC, prior owners of
the Stearns business, have paid 100% of the costs to date related to the Stearns lawsuits. Similarly, the Company's
Prager subsidiary is a defendant in two pending multi-defendant lawsuits relating to alleged personal injuries due to
the alleged presence of asbestos in a product allegedly manufactured by Prager. Additionally, there are numerous
individuals who have filed asbestos related claims against Prager; however, these claims are currently on the Texas
Multi-district Litigation inactive docket. The ultimate outcome of these asbestos matters cannot presently be
determined. To date, the Company's insurance providers have paid 100% of the costs related to the Prager asbestos
matters. The Company believes that the combination of its insurance coverage and the Invensys indemnity obligations
will cover any future costs of these matters.
In connection with the Falk Corporation (“Falk”) acquisition, Hamilton Sundstrand has provided the Company with
indemnification against certain products-related asbestos exposure liabilities. The Company believes that, pursuant to such
indemnity obligations, Hamilton Sundstrand is obligated to defend and indemnify the Company with respect to the asbestos
claims described below, and that, with respect to these claims, such indemnity obligations are not subject to any time or dollar
limitations.
80
The following paragraph summarizes the most significant actions and proceedings for which Hamilton
Sundstrand has accepted responsibility:
•
Falk, through its successor entity, is a defendant in approximately 250 lawsuits pending in state or federal court in
numerous jurisdictions relating to alleged personal injuries due to the alleged presence of asbestos in certain clutches
and drives previously manufactured by Falk. There are approximately 600 claimants in these suits. The ultimate
outcome of these lawsuits cannot presently be determined. Hamilton Sundstrand is defending the Company in these
lawsuits pursuant to its indemnity obligations and has paid 100% of the costs to date.
Certain Water Management subsidiaries are also subject to asbestos litigation. As of March 31, 2013, Zurn and an average
of approximately 80 other unrelated companies were defendants in approximately 7,000 asbestos related lawsuits representing
approximately 27,000 claims. Plaintiffs' claims allege personal injuries caused by exposure to asbestos used primarily in
industrial boilers formerly manufactured by a segment of Zurn. Zurn did not manufacture asbestos or asbestos components.
Instead, Zurn purchased them from suppliers. These claims are being handled pursuant to a defense strategy funded by insurers.
As of March 31, 2013, the Company estimates the potential liability for the asbestos-related claims described above as
well as the claims expected to be filed in the next ten years to be approximately $35.0 million of which Zurn expects to pay
approximately $27.0 million in the next ten years on such claims, with the balance of the estimated liability being paid in
subsequent years. The $35.0 million was developed based on an actuarial study and represents the projected indemnity payout
for claims filed in the next 10 years. However, there are inherent uncertainties involved in estimating the number of future
asbestos claims, future settlement costs, and the effectiveness of defense strategies and settlement initiatives. As a result,
Zurn's actual liability could differ from the estimate described herein. Further, while this current asbestos liability is based on
an estimate of claims through the next ten years, such liability may continue beyond that time frame, and such liability could be
substantial.
Management estimates that its available insurance to cover this potential asbestos liability as of March 31, 2013, is
approximately $254.2 million, and believes that all current claims are covered by insurance. However, principally as a result of
the past insolvency of certain of the Company's insurance carriers, certain coverage gaps will exist if and after the Company's
other carriers have paid the first $178.2 million of aggregate liabilities.
As of March 31, 2013, the Company had a recorded receivable from its insurance carriers of $35.0 million, which
corresponds to the amount of this potential asbestos liability that is covered by available insurance and is currently determined
to be probable of recovery. However, there is no assurance that $254.2 million of insurance coverage will ultimately be
available or that this asbestos liability will not ultimately exceed $254.2 million. Factors that could cause a decrease in the
amount of available coverage include: changes in law governing the policies, potential disputes with the carriers regarding the
scope of coverage, and insolvencies of one or more of the Company's carriers.
The Company's subsidiaries, Zurn PEX, Inc. and Zurn Industries, LLC were named as defendants in a number of
individual and class action lawsuits in various United States courts. The plaintiffs in these suits claimed damages due to the
alleged failure or anticipated failure of Zurn brass fittings on the PEX plumbing systems in homes and other structures.
In July 2012, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle the liability underlying this litigation. The
settlement is designed to resolve, on a national basis, the Company's overall exposure for both known and unknown claims
related to the alleged failure or anticipated failure of Zurn brass fittings on PEX plumbing systems, subject to the right of
eligible class members to opt-out of the settlement and pursue their claims independently. The settlement received final court
approval in February 2013, and utilizes a seven year claims fund, which is capped at $20 million, and is funded in installments
over the seven year period based on claim activity and minimum funding criteria. The settlement also covers class action
plaintiffs' attorneys' fees and expenses in an amount not to exceed $8.5 million and related administrative costs, which has been
paid.
Historically, the Company's insurance carrier had funded the Company's defense in the above referenced proceedings.
The Company, however, recently finalized a settlement agreement with its insurer, whereby the insurer paid the Company a
lump sum in exchange for a release of future exposure related to this liability.
The Company has recorded a reserve related to this brass fittings liability, which takes into account, in pertinent part, the
insurance carrier contribution, as well as exposure from the claims fund, opt-outs and the waiver of future insurance coverage.
81
20. Initial public offering and debt redemption
Initial Public Offering
On April 3, 2012, the Company closed the initial public offering ("IPO") of its common stock. In connection with the
IPO, the Company registered its common stock with the SEC and subsequently offered and sold 27,236,842 shares of common
stock, at a public offering price of $18.00 per share for an aggregate offering proceeds of $458.3 million, net of $28.2 million of
underwriting discounts and commissions and other direct costs of the offering.
Redemption of 11.75% Notes
On April 17, 2012, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the IPO to complete a full redemption of all of the
11.75% Notes that were then outstanding. As a result of the extinguishment the Company recognized a loss of $21.1 million,
which was comprised of a $17.6 million early redemption premium and a $3.5 million of a non-cash write-off of unamortized
deferred financing costs associated with the 11.75% Notes. See Note 11 Long-term debt for additional information on the early
redemption of the 11.75% Notes.
21. Business Segment Information
The results of operations are reported in two business segments, consisting of the Process & Motion Control platform and
the Water Management platform. The Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures, markets and services
specified, highly engineered mechanical components used within complex systems where our customers' reliability
requirements and cost of failure or downtime is extremely high. The Process & Motion Control product portfolio includes
gears, couplings, industrial bearings, aerospace bearings and seals, FlatTop™ chain, engineered chain and conveying
equipment. This segment serves a diverse group of end markets, including mining, general industrial applications, cement and
aggregates, agriculture, forest and wood products, petrochemical, energy, food & beverage, aerospace and wind energy. The
Water Management platform designs, procures, manufactures and markets products that provide and enhance water quality,
safety, flow control and conservation. The Water Management product portfolio includes professional grade specification
drainage products, flush valves and faucet products, backflow prevention pressure release valves and PEX piping used in non-
residential construction end-markets and engineered valves and gates for the water and wastewater treatment market. The
financial information of the Company's segments is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in determining
resource allocation and assessing performance and is periodically reviewed by the Company's Board of Directors. Management
evaluates the performance of each business segment based on its operating results. The same accounting policies are used
throughout the organization (see Note 2).
82
Business Segment Information:
(in Millions)
Net sales
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Consolidated
Income (loss) from operations
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Corporate
Consolidated
Non-operating income (expense):
Interest expense, net
Loss on the extinguishment of debt
Loss on divestiture
Other (expense) income, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of
tax
Net income (loss)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Restructuring and other similar costs (included in income from operations)
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Corporate
Consolidated
Depreciation and Amortization
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Consolidated
Capital Expenditures
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Consolidated
Total Assets
Process & Motion Control
Water Management
Corporate
Consolidated
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6.4
2.2
—
8.6
71.3
41.1
112.4
39.6
20.5
60.1
March 31, 2013
2,426.2
1,012.5
35.1
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2011
Year Ended
1,266.1
739.0
2,005.1
232.2
67.9
(44.7)
255.4
(153.3)
(24.0)
—
(2.9)
75.2
20.3
54.9
(4.8)
50.1
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,310.7
633.5
1,944.2
233.8
51.2
(39.7)
245.3
(176.2)
(10.7)
(6.4)
(7.1)
44.9
9.4
35.5
(5.6)
29.9
0.8
5.1
0.9
6.8
80.2
33.8
114.0
41.5
17.0
58.5
March 31, 2012
2,203.8
1,044.2
42.9
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,150.4
524.5
1,674.9
179.2
69.4
(31.4)
217.2
(180.8)
(100.8)
—
1.1
(63.3)
(10.2)
(53.1)
1.8
(51.3)
—
—
—
—
79.2
26.7
105.9
32.1
5.5
37.6
March 31, 2011
2,305.0
765.0
29.7
3,099.7
3,473.8
$
3,290.9
$
83
Net sales to third parties and long-lived assets by geographic region are as follows (in millions):
United States
Europe
Rest of World
Year Ended
March 31, 2013
Net Sales
Year-Ended
March 31, 2012
Year-Ended
March 31, 2011
March 31,
2013
Long-lived Assets
March 31,
2012
March 31,
2011
$
$
1,335.0
$
1,326.4
$
1,212.8
$
266.3
$
267.3
$
379.5
290.6
339.2
278.6
230.6
231.5
93.1
51.3
103.0
48.9
2,005.1
$
1,944.2
$
1,674.9
$
410.7
$
419.2
$
274.7
52.8
27.7
355.2
Net sales to third parties are attributed to the geographic regions based on the country in which the shipment originates.
Amounts attributed to the geographic regions for long-lived assets are based on the location of the entity that holds such assets.
In accordance with ASC 280-10, Segment Reporting, long-lived assets includes movable assets and excludes net intangible
assets and goodwill.
84
22. Issuers of Notes and Guarantor Subsidiaries
The following schedules present condensed consolidating financial information of the Company at March 31, 2013 and
2012 and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 for: (a) Rexnord Corporation, the parent company (the
"Parent"); (b) RBS Global, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Rexnord LLC, which together are co-issuers (the “Issuers”) of
the outstanding 8.50% Notes; (c) on a combined basis, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company, all of which are wholly-
owned by the Issuers (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) and are guarantors of the 8.50% Notes; and (d) on a combined
basis, the foreign subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Separate financial statements
of the Issuers are not presented because the Issuers are wholly owned by the Parent, which has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed the 8.50% Notes. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because their
guarantees of the 8.50% Notes are full, unconditional and joint and several. The Company believes separate financial
statements and other disclosures regarding the Issuers and the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not material to investors.
85
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
March 31, 2013
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Eliminations Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16.5
$
— $
395.1
$
112.5
$
— $
—
—
—
16.5
—
—
—
—
461.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.1
—
—
—
—
2,335.4
—
—
17.7
199.4
225.7
11.3
831.5
(0.1)
265.9
531.2
841.0
—
—
418.8
35.0
31.3
151.0
100.5
35.1
399.1
(3.0)
144.8
82.3
277.4
—
—
—
—
0.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(461.5)
(2,335.4)
(418.8)
—
—
524.1
350.4
326.2
46.4
1,247.1
—
410.7
613.5
1,118.4
—
—
—
35.0
49.1
$
478.0
$
2,356.2
$
2,954.6
$
900.7
$
(3,215.7) $
3,473.8
Receivables, net
Inventories, net
Other current assets
Total current assets
Receivable from (payable to)
affiliates, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Investment in:
Issuer subsidiaries
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-guarantor subsidiaries
Insurance for asbestos claims
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders'
equity
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of debt
$
— $
157.9
$
— $
Trade payables
Compensation and benefits
Current portion of pension
and postretirement benefit
obligations
Interest payable
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
48.1
15.1
221.1
1,923.8
Note payable to (receivable from)
affiliates, net
(17.1)
(345.9)
Pension and postretirement
benefit obligations
Deferred income taxes
Reserve for asbestos claims
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity
—
66.3
—
0.3
49.5
428.5
—
79.8
—
15.9
1,894.7
461.5
132.7
35.4
3.1
—
71.2
242.4
38.4
121.8
118.3
46.7
35.0
16.6
619.2
2,335.4
11.4
75.6
20.2
2.6
—
34.9
144.7
0.1
241.2
52.5
32.5
—
10.9
481.9
418.8
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,215.7)
169.3
208.3
55.6
5.7
48.1
121.2
608.2
1,962.3
—
170.8
225.3
35.0
43.7
3,045.3
428.5
$
478.0
$
2,356.2
$
2,954.6
$
900.7
$
(3,215.7) $
3,473.8
86
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
March 31, 2012
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Eliminations Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7.8
$
— $
198.0
$
92.2
$
— $
Receivables, net
Inventories, net
Other current assets
Total current assets
Receivable from (payable to)
affiliates, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Investment in:
Issuer subsidiaries
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-guarantor subsidiaries
Insurance for asbestos claims
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and
stockholders' (deficit) equity
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of debt
Trade payables
Compensation and benefits
Current portion of pension and
postretirement benefit
obligations
Interest payable
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Note (receivable from) payable to
affiliates, net
Pension and postretirement
benefit obligations
Deferred income taxes
Reserve for asbestos claims
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Total Rexnord
stockholders' (deficit) equity
Non-controlling interest
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity
Total liabilities and
stockholders' (deficit) equity
—
—
0.6
8.4
—
—
—
—
(41.8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
118.4
—
—
—
—
1,547.8
—
—
25.6
198.4
225.4
15.5
637.3
(93.7)
266.8
568.1
828.8
—
—
714.5
42.0
20.0
139.5
94.9
46.0
372.6
(24.7)
152.4
79.0
285.9
—
—
—
—
4.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
41.8
(1,547.8)
(714.5)
—
—
298.0
337.9
320.3
62.1
1,018.3
—
419.2
647.1
1,114.7
—
—
—
42.0
49.6
$
$
(33.4) $
1,691.8
$
2,983.8
$
869.2
$
(2,220.5) $
3,290.9
— $
9.8
$
— $
0.5
$
— $
—
—
—
—
2.9
2.9
—
—
—
43.6
—
—
46.5
(79.9)
—
(79.9)
—
—
—
49.9
8.2
67.9
2,382.8
(816.8)
—
85.5
—
14.2
144.2
43.2
3.6
—
69.5
260.5
23.9
908.6
114.0
77.6
42.0
9.4
1,733.6
1,436.0
(41.8)
—
(41.8)
1,547.8
—
1,547.8
71.4
18.6
2.7
—
44.1
137.3
6.7
(91.8)
46.5
39.0
—
17.9
155.6
714.5
(0.9)
713.6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2,220.5)
—
(2,220.5)
10.3
215.6
61.8
6.3
49.9
124.7
468.6
2,413.4
—
160.5
245.7
42.0
41.5
3,371.7
(79.9)
(0.9)
(80.8)
$
(33.4) $
1,691.8
$
2,983.8
$
869.2
$
(2,220.5) $
3,290.9
87
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
Year Ended March 31, 2013
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
$
— $
— $
1,429.8
$
680.4
$
(105.1) $
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Zurn PEX loss contingency
Restructuring and other similar charges
Amortization of intangible assets
Income from continuing operations
Non-operating (expense) income:
Interest expense, net:
To third parties
To affiliates
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other (expense) income, net
(Loss) income before income taxes
from continuing operations
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
(Loss) income before equity in income
of subsidiaries
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
Net income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Net income
Comprehensive income
$
$
2,005.1
1,273.7
731.4
406.2
10.1
8.6
51.1
255.4
(153.3)
—
(24.0)
(2.9)
75.2
20.3
54.9
—
54.9
(4.8)
50.1
22.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50.1
50.1
—
50.1
22.7
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(151.3)
109.8
(24.0)
(13.4)
(78.9)
(28.4)
(50.5)
100.6
50.1
—
50.1
50.1
$
$
921.2
508.6
268.6
10.1
4.3
47.1
178.5
(1.0)
(90.5)
—
28.8
115.8
38.8
77.0
23.6
100.6
—
100.6
91.8
$
$
457.6
222.8
137.6
—
4.3
4.0
76.9
(1.0)
(19.3)
—
(18.3)
38.3
9.9
28.4
—
28.4
(4.8)
23.6
5.0
(105.1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(174.3)
(174.3)
—
$
$
(174.3) $
(146.9) $
88
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
Year Ended March 31, 2012
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
$
— $
— $
1,425.9
$
630.8
$
(112.5) $
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Restructuring and other similar charges
Amortization of intangible assets
Income from continuing operations
Non-operating (expense) income:
Interest expense, net:
To third parties
To affiliates
Loss on debt extinguishment
Loss on divestiture
Other (expense) income, net
(Loss) income before income taxes
from continuing operations
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
(Loss) income before equity in income
of subsidiaries
Equity in income of subsidiaries
Net income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Net income
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
$
1,944.2
1,254.1
690.1
387.1
6.8
50.9
245.3
(176.2)
—
(10.7)
(6.4)
(7.1)
44.9
9.4
35.5
—
35.5
(5.6)
29.9
2.6
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1.1)
—
(0.7)
—
(0.2)
(2.0)
(0.6)
(1.4)
31.3
29.9
—
29.9
2.6
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
(172.1)
116.5
(10.0)
—
(2.8)
(68.4)
(23.9)
(44.5)
75.8
31.3
—
31.3
36.1
$
$
931.9
494.0
271.2
4.7
47.9
170.2
(2.1)
(97.4)
—
(0.6)
21.3
91.4
23.5
67.9
7.9
75.8
—
75.8
44.8
434.7
196.1
115.9
2.1
3.0
75.1
(0.9)
(19.1)
—
(5.8)
(25.4)
23.9
10.4
13.5
—
13.5
(5.6)
(112.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(115.0)
(115.0)
—
$
$
7.9
6.8
$
$
(115.0) $
(87.7) $
89
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
Year Ended March 31, 2011
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
$
— $
— $
1,291.9
$
470.6
$
(87.6) $
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Income from continuing operations
Non-operating (expense) income:
Interest expense, net:
To third parties
To affiliates
Loss on debt extinguishment
Other (expense) income, net
(Loss) income before income taxes
from continuing operations
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
(Loss) income before equity in income
of subsidiaries
Equity in (loss) income of subsidiaries
Net (loss) income from continuing
operations
Income from discontinued operations
—
—
—
—
—
(7.1)
—
—
—
(7.1)
(3.2)
(3.9)
(47.4)
(51.3)
—
Net (loss) income
Comprehensive (loss) income
$
$
(51.3) $
(34.2) $
1,674.9
1,082.4
592.5
326.7
48.6
217.2
(180.8)
—
(100.8)
1.1
(63.3)
(10.2)
(53.1)
—
(53.1)
1.8
(51.3)
(34.2)
—
—
—
—
—
(172.9)
116.8
(100.8)
(3.1)
(160.0)
(56.0)
(104.0)
56.6
(47.4)
—
(47.4) $
(48.2) $
838.4
453.5
249.3
47.9
156.3
(0.3)
(106.2)
—
25.7
75.5
39.8
35.7
20.9
56.6
—
56.6
64.4
$
$
331.6
139.0
77.4
0.7
60.9
(0.5)
(10.6)
—
(21.5)
28.3
9.2
19.1
—
19.1
1.8
20.9
31.0
(87.6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(30.1)
(30.1)
—
$
$
(30.1) $
(47.2) $
90
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended March 31, 2013
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
50.1
135.7
(41.3)
144.5
(60.1)
(21.0)
2.3
6.7
(9.7)
(81.8)
15.4
(313.2)
12.6
(8.2)
458.3
2.3
(2.0)
(17.6)
18.1
165.7
(2.3)
226.1
298.0
524.1
Operating activities
Net income
Non-cash adjustments
Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
including intercompany activity
Cash provided by (used for) operating
activities
Investing activities
Expenditures for property, plant and
equipment
Acquisitions, net of cash
Proceeds from divestiture, net of cash
Proceeds from dispositions of property, plant
and equipment
Loan receivable for financing under New
Market Tax Credit incentive program
Cash used for investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt
Proceeds from borrowings of short-term debt
Repayments of short-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payment of deferred financing fees
Payment of tender premium
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock
options
Cash provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period
$
50.1
72.8
129.0
$
50.1
$
100.6
$
(114.2)
(307.9)
82.0
43.6
8.7
(128.8)
226.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.7
7.8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(311.9)
—
(0.3)
458.3
2.3
(2.0)
(17.6)
—
128.8
—
—
—
(38.4)
(19.6)
—
6.0
(9.7)
(61.7)
14.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18.1
32.6
—
197.1
198.0
23.6
26.2
(11.4)
38.4
(21.7)
(1.4)
2.3
0.7
—
(20.1)
0.9
(1.3)
12.6
(7.9)
—
—
—
—
—
4.3
(2.3)
20.3
92.2
$
(174.3) $
(174.3)
348.6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
16.5
$
— $
395.1
$
112.5
$
— $
91
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended March 31, 2012
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
$
29.9
$
31.3
$
Operating activities
Net income
Non-cash adjustments
Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
including intercompany activity
Cash (used for) provided by operating
activities
Investing activities
Expenditures for property, plant and
equipment
Loan receivable for financing under New
Market Tax Credit incentive program
Proceeds from dispositions of property, plant
and equipment
Proceeds from divestiture, net of transaction
costs
Acquisitions, net of cash
Cash used for investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt
Proceeds from borrowings of short-term debt
Repayment of short-term debt
Payment of deferred financing fees
Sale of common stock
Dividend payment to parent company
Cash provided by (used for) financing
activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
(31.0)
(0.4)
(1.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(93.5)
—
2.1
100.0
8.6
—
7.1
0.7
7.8
(66.4)
(35.4)
(70.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
937.2
(761.0)
9.5
(2.0)
(13.2)
—
(100.0)
70.5
—
—
—
$
75.8
91.8
(222.1)
(54.5)
(44.7)
(17.9)
5.6
—
(18.2)
(75.2)
23.4
—
—
—
—
—
—
23.4
—
(106.3)
304.3
7.9
$
(115.0) $
29.7
228.2
265.8
(13.8)
—
—
3.4
(238.6)
(249.0)
—
(1.0)
1.2
(9.5)
—
—
—
(9.3)
(1.3)
6.2
86.0
92.2
115.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
— $
29.9
139.1
(29.7)
139.3
(58.5)
(17.9)
5.6
3.4
(256.8)
(324.2)
960.6
(762.0)
10.7
(105.0)
(13.2)
2.1
—
93.2
(1.3)
(93.0)
391.0
298.0
$
— $
198.0
$
92
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended March 31, 2011
(in Millions)
Parent
Issuers
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
$
(51.3) $
(47.4) $
$
20.9
$
(30.1) $
Operating activities
Net income
Non-cash adjustments
Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
including intercompany activity
Cash (used for) provided by operating
activities
Investing activities
Expenditures for property, plant and
equipment
Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated
affiliates
Acquisitions, net of cash
Cash used for investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt
Proceeds from borrowings of short-term debt
Repayment of short-term debt
Payment of deferred financing fees
Payment of tender premium
Purchase of common stock
Net payments from issuance of common
stock and stock option exercises
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock
options
Dividend payment to parent company
Cash provided by (used for) financing
activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
50.8
0.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1.0)
(1.4)
—
2.4
—
—
—
0.7
0.7
26.7
25.8
5.1
—
—
—
—
1,145.0
(1,070.1)
—
—
(14.6)
(63.5)
—
—
0.5
(2.4)
(5.1)
—
—
—
56.6
86.4
(12.7)
130.3
(30.1)
0.9
—
(29.2)
—
—
(0.1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(0.1)
—
101.0
203.3
9.1
(0.9)
29.1
(7.5)
—
1.2
(6.3)
—
(1.0)
2.1
(2.8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1.7)
5.0
26.1
59.9
86.0
30.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
— $
(51.3)
203.1
12.7
164.5
(37.6)
0.9
1.2
(35.5)
1,145.0
(1,071.1)
2.0
(2.8)
(14.6)
(63.5)
(1.0)
(1.4)
0.5
—
(6.9)
5.0
127.1
263.9
391.0
$
— $
304.3
$
93
23. Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)
(in millions, except per share amounts)
First Quarter
Net sales
Gross profit
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net (loss) income
$
493.6
178.7
(0.7)
(1.5)
(2.2)
$
Second Quarter
499.5
$
186.6
20.3
(1.1)
19.2
Fiscal 2013
Third Quarter
471.7
167.9
11.4
(2.2)
9.2
$
Fourth Quarter
540.3
$
198.2
23.9
—
23.9
Total
2,005.1
731.4
54.9
(4.8)
50.1
Net (loss) income per share from continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Loss per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net (loss) income per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
— $
(0.02) $
(0.02) $
(0.02) $
(0.02) $
Net sales
Gross profit
Net income from continuing operations
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
tax
Net income
Net income per share from continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Gain (loss) per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net income per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
24. Subsequent Events
0.17
0.16
$
$
— $
— $
0.17
0.16
$
$
Second Quarter
448.5
$
159.4
4.2
First Quarter
469.7
165.9
10.9
0.3
11.2
Fiscal 2012
Third Quarter
485.9
164.5
5.5
0.1
5.6
Fourth Quarter
540.1
$
200.3
14.9
0.21
0.20
$
$
(0.01) $
(0.01) $
0.20
0.19
$
$
$
0.3
4.5
0.07
0.06
$
$
— $
— $
0.07
0.06
$
$
0.12
0.11
$
$
(0.02) $
(0.02) $
0.10
0.09
$
$
0.08
0.08
$
$
— $
— $
0.08
0.08
$
$
0.25
0.24
$
$
— $
— $
0.25
0.24
$
$
$
(6.3)
8.6
0.22
0.21
$
$
(0.09) $
(0.09) $
0.13
0.12
$
$
0.57
0.55
(0.05)
(0.05)
0.52
0.50
Total
1,944.2
690.1
35.5
(5.6)
29.9
0.53
0.50
(0.08)
(0.08)
0.45
0.42
The Company evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date of March 31, 2013 through May 21, 2013 and has
concluded that the following subsequent event occurred during such period:
Incremental Assumption Agreement
On April 24, 2013, the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement (the "Incremental Assumption
Agreement") with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and refinancing term lender, relating to the Second Restated Credit
Agreement.
The Incremental Assumption Agreement modifies certain terms of the term loan facility under the Second Restated Credit
Agreement. It reduces the interest rates applicable to borrowings under such facility by seventy-five (75) basis points per
annum, effectively resulting in a current interest rate of 3.75%, determined as the LIBO rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus
2.75%. The Incremental Assumption Agreement also resets a 1.00% penalty on certain prepayments occurring on or prior to
October 24, 2013. On April 24, 2013, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Incremental Assumption Agreement,
the Company made a $150.0 million prepayment of the term loan facility. Additionally, principal payments of $2.0 million are
scheduled to be made at the end of each calendar quarter until December 2017. Other material terms of the Second Restated
Credit Agreement remain unchanged. The Company expects to recognize an expense in the first quarter of fiscal 2014,
primarily comprised of a non-cash write-off of deferred financing costs, associated with the transaction. The Company does not
expect the expense to have a significant impact on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
94
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be
disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
SEC’s rules and forms.
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are adequate and
effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, in a manner
allowing timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As such, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the period covered by this report.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based upon that evaluation, management has concluded
that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2013.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of the changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, has been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation
discussed above that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
* * * * *
Disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act
On February 12, 2013, certain investment funds affiliated with Apollo beneficially owned approximately 19.6% of the ordinary
shares of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (“LyondellBasell”) and have certain director nomination rights. LyondellBasell may
be deemed to be under common control with us; however, this statement is not meant to be an admission that common control
exists. As a result, we may be required to provide disclosures as set forth herein pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat
Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 and Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed by LyondellBasell with the Securities and Exchange on February 12,
2013 contained the disclosure set forth below (with all references contained therein to “the Company” being references to
LyondellBasell and its consolidated subsidiaries).
95
The disclosure below does not relate to any activities that are or were conducted by us and does not involve us or our
management. The disclosure relates solely to activities conducted by LyondellBasell and its consolidated subsidiaries, and
references in the following quotation to the "Company," "us" and "our" refer to LyondellBasell and not Rexnord.
“Disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction & Syria Human Rights Act
Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries of our predecessor, LyondellBasell AF, licensed processes to construct
and operate manufacturing plants in Iran that produce polyolefin plastic material, which is used in
the packaging of household and consumer goods. The subsidiaries also provided engineering support
and supplied catalyst products to be used in these manufacturing operations. In 2009, the Company
made the decision to suspend the pursuit of any new business dealings in Iran.
As previously disclosed by the Company, in 2010, our management made the further decision to
terminate all business by the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries with the government,
entities and individuals in Iran. The termination was made in accordance with all applicable laws
and with the knowledge of U.S. Government authorities. As part of the termination, we entered into
negotiations with Iranian counterparties in order to exit our contractual obligations. As described
below, two transactions occurred under settlement agreements in early 2012, although the
agreements to cease our activities with these counterparties were entered into in 2011. In January
2012, one of our non-U.S. subsidiaries received a final payment of approximately €3.5 million for a
shipment of catalyst from an entity that is 50% owned by the National Petrochemical Company of
Iran.
Our shipment of the catalyst was in February 2012 as part of the agreement related to our
termination and cessation of all business under agreements with the counterparty. In 2012, the gross
revenue from this limited activity was approximately, €4.2 million and profit attributable to it was
approximately, €2.4 million.
In January and February of 2012, one of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries provided certain
engineering documents relating to a polyolefin plastic process to a licensee comprising three Iranian
companies, one of which is 20% owned by the National Oil Company of Iran. The provision of
documents was the Company's final act with respect to the termination and cessation of all business
under agreements with the counterparties. No gross revenue or profit was attributable to this activity
in 2012. The transactions disclosed in this report do not constitute violations of applicable anti-
money laundering laws or sanctions laws administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury,
Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), and are not the subject of any enforcement actions under
the Iran sanction laws.
We have not conducted, and do not intend to conduct, any further business activities in Iran or with
Iranian counterparties.”
96
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Election of Directors" and
"Corporate Governance" and in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s fiscal 2014 annual meeting, to be held on or
about August 1, 2013 (the "Fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement"), and to the information under the caption “Executive Officers of the
Registrant” in Part I hereof.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a written code of ethics, referred to as the Rexnord Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, applicable to
all directors, officers and employees, which includes provisions relating to accounting and financial matters applicable to the
principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer and controller. We have posted a copy of
the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website at www.rexnord.com. To obtain a copy, free of charge, of the
Rexnord Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, please submit a written request to Investor Relations 4701 West Greenfield
Avenue Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53214. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of
ethics for any director or officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our corporate website at
www.rexnord.com or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Election of Directors",
"Corporate Governance", "Compensation Discussion and Analysis", "Compensation Committee Report", "Executive
Compensation", and "Director Compensation" in the Fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.
The following chart gives aggregate information regarding grants under all equity compensation plans of the Company
through March 31, 2013.
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
9,450,197
None
9,450,197
$9.85
None
$9.85
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in first column)
5,723,843
None
5,723,843
Plan category
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders (1)
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
Total
(1) All options or shares in these columns relate to options granted under the Company's 2006 Stock Option Plan, as amended,
which was approved by stockholders in 2006, or the Company's 2012 Performance Incentive Plan, which was approved by
stockholders in 2012. With the adoption of the 2012 Performance Incentive Plan, no further awards will be made under the
2006 Stock Option Plan.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Corporate Governance"
and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section entitled "Report of the Audit
Committee" and "Auditors" in the Fiscal 2014 Proxy Statement.
97
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) (1) Financial Statements
PART IV
The Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 hereof are for the years ended March 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011 and consist of the following:
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules.
The Financial Statement Schedule of the Company appended hereto for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011 and consist of the following:
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in Millions)
Description
Fiscal Year 2011:
Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable
Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete
inventory
Valuation allowance for income taxes
Fiscal Year 2012:
Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable
Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete
inventory
Valuation allowance for income taxes
Fiscal Year 2013:
Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable
Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete
inventory
Valuation allowance for income taxes
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Additions
Acquired
Obligations
Charged
to Other
Accounts
Deductions
(1)
Balance at
End of
Year
9.6
31.7
100.7
5.0
29.3
111.2
6.2
30.9
90.3
(0.8)
3.9
8.7
1.1
2.6
6.5
1.3
4.9
3.9
—
—
—
1.8
3.5
—
1.4
3.3
—
(2.1)
—
3.5
0.1
(0.5)
—
(0.7)
(4.2)
—
(1.7)
(6.3)
(1.7)
(1.8)
(4.0)
(27.4)
(0.5)
(4.4)
(21.1)
5.0
29.3
111.2
6.2
30.9
90.3
7.7
30.5
73.1
(1) Uncollectible amounts, dispositions charged against the reserve and utilization of net operating losses.
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the information required is included in
the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
(a) (3) Exhibits.
See Exhibit Index included after the signature page to this report, which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference,
herein.
98
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Description
Incorporated Herein by Reference to
Filed
Herewith
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2(a)
4.2(b)
4.2(c)
4.2(d)
4.2(e)
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 5,
2005, by and among Rexnord LLC, Hamilton
Sundstrand Corporation and The Falk
Corporation
Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on May 19,
2005+
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation as amended through April 3,
2012
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K
dated April 3, 2012 (“4/3/12 8-K”)
Amended and Restated By-Laws as amended
through April 3, 2012
Exhibit 3.2 to the 4/3/12 8-K
Exhibit 10.1 to the 4/3/12 8-K
Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on April 28,
2010 (“4/28/10 8-K”)
Exhibit 4.11 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1, SEC File no.
333-174504 (“2012 S-1”)
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K
dated April 17, 2012 (the “4/17/12 8-K”)
Nominating Agreement, dated April 3, 2012,
by and among the Company and Apollo
Management VI, L.P.
Indenture, dated as of April 28, 2010, with
respect to the 8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2018,
by and among RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord
LLC, the guarantors named therein and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells
Fargo”), as Trustee
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
April 9, 2011, with respect to the 8-1/2%
Senior Notes due 2018, by and among RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, American
Autogard LLC, the Guarantors listed therein
and Wells Fargo
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
April 17, 2012, with respect to the 8-1/2%
Senior Notes due 2018, by and among RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the Company, the
other guarantors named therein and Wells
Fargo
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
November 9, 2012, with respect to the 8-1/2%
Senior Notes due 2018, by and among RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, VAG Valves USA
Inc., the other guarantors named therein and
Wells Fargo
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
January 31, 2013, with respect to the 8-1/2%
Senior Notes due 2018, by and among RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, Cline Acquisition
Corp., the other guarantors named therein and
Wells Fargo
4.2(f)
Form of Unrestricted Global Note evidencing
the 8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2018
10.1(a)
The Company's 2006 Stock Option Plan, as
amended (“2006 Option Plan”)* (superseded)
Exhibit 4.6(e) to the Form S-4 Registration
Statement (SEC File No. 333-167904) filed
by RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on June
30, 2010
Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
99
X
X
10.1(b)
10.1(c)
10.1(d)
10.2(a)
10.2(b)
10.3
10.4(a)
10.4(b)
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock
Option Agreement under the 2006 Option
Plan*
Form of George M. Sherman Non-Qualified
Stock Option Agreement under the 2006
Option Plan*
Form of Non-Employee Director (Apollo
Director) Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement under the 2006 Option Plan*
Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Stock
Option Agreement, dated April 16, 2010,
between the Company and Praveen Jeyarajah,
amending and restating the option agreement
dated as of October 29, 2009*
Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Stock
Option Agreement under the 2006 Option
Plan, dated April 16, 2010, between the
Company and Praveen Jeyarajah, amending
and restating the option agreement dated as of
April 19, 2007*
Exhibit 10.10 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 10.11 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-K filed by
RBS Global Inc./Rexnord LLC for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 (“2007
10-K”)
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on April 22,
2010 (the “4/22/10 8-K”)
Exhibit 10.2 to the 4/22/10 8-K
Rexnord Management Incentive
Compensation Plan (revised as of July 29,
2010)*
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended October 2, 2010 filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC
The Company's 2012 Performance Incentive
Plan (the “2012 Incentive Plan”)*
Exhibit 10.32 to the 2012 S-1
Form of Option Agreement under the 2012
Incentive Plan*
Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2012
Employment Agreement, dated November 9,
2012, between Rexnord Corporation and Todd
A. Adams*
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 29, 2012
(“9/29/12 10-Q”)
Employment Agreement, dated November 9,
2012, between Rexnord Corporation and
Mark W. Peterson*
Employment Agreement, dated November 9,
2012, between Rexnord Corporation and
Praveen R. Jeyarajah*
Schedule of Compensation for independent
directors, effective for fiscal 2013*
Exhibit 10.2 to 9/29/12 10-Q
Exhibit 10.3 to 9/29/12 10-Q
Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012
(“2012 10-K”)
10.9
Form of Indemnification Agreement
Exhibit 10.31 to the 2012 S-1
10.10(a)
Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2012,
among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global,
Inc., Rexnord LLC, the lenders party hereto
from time to time and Credit Suisse AG,
Cayman Islands Branch (formerly known as
Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch), as
administrative agent for the lenders
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on March 16,
2012 (the “3/16/12 8-K”)
100
10.10(b)
10.10(c)
10.10(d)
10.10(e)
10.10(f)
10.10(g)
10.11(a)
Incremental Assumption Agreement, dated as
of April 18, 2012, relating to the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of March 15, 2012 among Chase
Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord
LLC, the lenders party thereto from time to
time and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative
agent
Incremental Assumption Agreement dated as
of October 4, 2012, relating to the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of March 15, 2012, among Chase
Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord
LLC, the lenders party thereto from time to
time and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative
agent (superseded)
Incremental Assumption Agreement dated as
of April 24, 2013, relating to the Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of March 15, 2012 as amended
pursuant to the Incremental Assumption
Agreement dated as of October 4, 2012,
among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global,
Inc., Rexnord LLC, the lenders party thereto
from time to time and Credit Suisse AG, as
administrative agent
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of October 5, 2009, among Chase
Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global, Inc., and
Rexnord LLC, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands
Branch, as administrative agent and the
lenders party thereto (superseded)
Incremental Assumption Agreement, dated as
of September 15, 2011, relating to the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of October 5, 2009 (as amended,
restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise
modified from time to time) among Chase
Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord
LLC and the lenders party thereto from time
to time and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands
Branch as Administrative Agent (superseded)
Loan Modification Agreement and Permitted
Amendment, dated as of October 20, 2011,
relating to the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2009 (as
amended, restated or supplemented from time
to time) among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the
Administrative Agent and the lenders thereto
(superseded)
Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement, dated and effective as
of March 15, 2012, among Chase Acquisition
I, Inc., RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, each
subsidiary of the borrowers identified therein
and Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative
Agent for the Credit Agreement Secured
Parties
Exhibit 10.1 of the 4/17/12 8-K
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K
dated October 4, 2012
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K
dated April 24, 2013
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K/A filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on October
9, 2009
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended October 1, 2011 filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on October 25,
2011
Exhibit 10.2 of the 3/16/12 8-K
101
10.11(b)
10.12(a)
10.12(b)
10.12(c)
10.13(a)
10.13(b)
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17(a)
Amended and Restated Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement, dated as of October 5,
2009, among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the subsidiary
guarantors party thereto and Credit Suisse,
Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative
agent (superseded)
Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated September 26, 2007, by and among the
Originators, Rexnord Industries, LLC as
Servicer, and Rexnord Funding LLC
First Amendment, dated as of November 30,
2007, to the Receivables Sale and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2007,
among Rexnord Funding LLC, as the buyer,
Rexnord Industries, LLC, as the servicer and
an originator, Zurn Industries, LLC, as an
originator, Zurn PEX, Inc., as an originator,
and General Electric Capital Corporation, as
the administrative agent
Second Amendment, dated as of May 20,
2011, to the Receivables Sale and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2007,
among Rexnord Funding LLC, as the buyer,
Rexnord Industries, LLC, as the servicer and
an originator, Zurn Industries, LLC, as an
originator, Zurn PEX, Inc., as an originator,
and General Electric Capital Corporation, as
the administrative agent
Amended and Restated Receivables Funding
and Administration Agreement, dated as of
May 20, 2011, by and among Rexnord
Funding LLC, the financial institutions from
time to time party thereto and General Electric
Capital Corporation
Receivables Funding and Administration
Agreement, dated September 26, 2007, by and
among Rexnord Funding LLC and General
Electric Capital Corporation (superseded)
Underwriting Agreement dated March 28,
2012 among the Company and the several
underwriters named therein
Stockholders' Agreement of the Company,
Rexnord Acquisition Holdings I, LLC,
Rexnord Acquisition Holdings II, LLC and
certain other stockholders, dated July 21, 2006
(no longer in effect, except as to certain
registration rights provisions)
Stockholders' Agreement of the Company,
Rexnord Acquisition Holdings I, LLC,
Rexnord Acquisition Holdings II, LLC,
Cypress Industrial Holdings, LLC and George
M. Sherman, dated July 21, 2006 (no longer
in effect, except as to certain registration
rights provisions)
Amended and Restated Management
Consulting Agreement by and between the
Company and Apollo Management VI, L.P.
and Apollo Alternative Assets, L.P, dated
February 7, 2007 (no longer in effect) *
102
Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K/A filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on
October 9, 2009
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on October 1,
2007 (“10/1/07 8-K”)
Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on May 23,
2011 (“5/23/11 8-K”)
Exhibit 10.3 to the 5/23/11 8-K
Exhibit 10.1 to the 5/23/11 8-K
Exhibit 10.2 to the 10/1/07 8-K
Exhibit 10.16 to 2012 10-K
Exhibit 10.5 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 10.6 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 10.3 to the 2008 10-K
10.17(b)
10.18
10.19(a)
10.19(b)
10.19(c)
10.19(d)
10.19(e)
10.19(f)
10.19(g)
10.20
Management Services Termination
Agreement, by and among the Company,
Apollo Management VI, L.P. and Apollo
Alternative Assets, L.P. dated April 3, 2012*
Credit Agreement among the Company, the
lenders party thereto, Credit Suisse, as
administrative agent, Banc of America Bridge
LLC as Syndication Agent and Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and Banc of America
Securities LLC as joint lead arrangers and
joint bookrunning managers, dated as of
March 2, 2007 (no longer in effect)
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, dated as
of July 21, 2006, with respect to the 11-3/4 %
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, among
Chase Merger Sub, Inc. and Wells Fargo (no
longer in effect)
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July
21, 2006, with respect to the 11-3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and among
RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord Industries, the
guarantors listed therein, Chase Merger Sub,
Inc. and Wells Fargo (no longer in effect)
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
February 7, 2007, with respect to the 11-3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and
among RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the
guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo (no
longer in effect)
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
April 1, 2007, with respect to the 11-3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and
among Zurn Industries, LLC, RBS Global,
Inc., Rexnord LLC, and Wells Fargo (no
longer in effect)
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
February 1, 2008, with respect to the 11-3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and
among RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the
guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo (no
longer in effect)
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
February 1, 2008, with respect to the 11-3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and
among RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the
guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo (no
longer in effect)
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
April 9, 2011, with respect to the 11-3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and
among RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, the
New Guarantor listed therein and Wells Fargo
(no longer in effect)
Amended and Restated Management
Consulting Agreement among Rexnord LLC,
George M. Sherman, Cypress Group, LLC
and Cypress Industrial Holdings, LLC,
effective February 7, 2007* (no longer in
effect)
103
Exhibit 10.2 to the 4/3/12 8-K
Exhibit 10.27 to the 2012 S-1
Exhibit 4.6 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 4.7 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 4.16 to the Form S-4 Registration
Statement (SEC File No. 333-140040) filed
by RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC on
February 8, 2007
Exhibit 4.16 to the 2007 10-K
Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended December 29, 2007 filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC
Exhibit 4.1(f) to the Form 10-K of RBS
Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 2011
Exhibit 4.7 to the 2012 S-1
Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-K filed by
RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 (“2008
10-K”)
Exhibit 10.7 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 10.8 to the 7/27/06 8-K/A
Exhibit 10.30 to the 2012 S-1
Exhibit 10.29 to the 2012 S-1
10.21(a)
10.21(b)
10.22
10.23
12.1
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
Rexnord LLC Special Signing Bonus Plan*
(completed)
Form of Special Signing Bonus Plan
Participation Letter* (completed)
Offer Letter, dated November 4, 2011, by and
between Rexnord Industries, LLC and Mark
W. Peterson* (superseded)
Offer Letter, dated April 19, 2010, by and
between Rexnord Industries, LLC and
Praveen R. Jeyarajah* (superseded)
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed
charges
List of Subsidiaries of the Company
Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and Rule 13a-14(a) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and Rule 13a-14(a) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition
Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
Linkbase Document
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Denotes management plan or compensatory plan or arrangement.
The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of the schedules omitted from this exhibit to the Commission upon
request.
+
104
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
REXNORD CORPORATION
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
/s/ Todd A. Adams
Todd A. Adams
President and Chief Executive Officer
May 21, 2013
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Todd A. Adams
Todd A. Adams
President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
May 21, 2013
/s/ Mark W. Peterson
Mark W. Peterson
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
May 21, 2013
/s/ George M. Sherman
George M. Sherman
/s/ Mark S. Bartlett
Mark S. Bartlett
/s/ Laurence M. Berg
Laurence M. Berg
/s/ Thomas D. Christopoul
Thomas D. Christopoul
/s/ Peter P. Copses
Peter P. Copses
/s/ Damian J. Giangiacomo
Damian J. Giangiacomo
/s/ Steven Martinez
Steven Martinez
/s/ John S. Stroup
John S. Stroup
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
105
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Rexnord is a growth-
oriented, multi-platform
industrial company with leading
market shares and highly trusted
brands that serve a diverse array
of global end markets. Our heritage
of innovation and specification has
allowed us to provide highly engineered,
mission critical solutions to customers
for decades and affords us the
privilege of having long-term, valued
relationships with market leaders.
We operate our company in a disciplined
way and the Rexnord Business System (RBS)
is our operating philosophy. Grounded in
the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS
creates a scalable, process-based framework
that focuses on driving superior customer
satisfaction and financial results by targeting
world-class operating performance throughout
all aspects of our business.
Our core values are Customer First, Integrity
in Everything We Do, Total Associate
Engagement, Continuous Improvement
and a Culture of Winning. Our goal is to
consistently create superior value for our
customers, shareholders and associates.
C o r p o r at e
I n f o r m atI o n
e x eC u t i v e o f f iC e r s
t r a n s f e r ag e n t
a n n ua l m e e t i n g
Shareholders are invited to attend the
2013 Annual Meeting on Thursday,
August 1, 2013, at 1:00 pm Central Time
at the Milwaukee Athletic Club,
758 North Broadway,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin .
C o r p o r at e H e a d q ua r t e r s
Rexnord Corporation
4701 West Greenfield Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53214-5310
www .rexnord .com
American Stock Transfer &
Trust Company LLC
6201 15th Ave .
Brooklyn, NY 11219
(800) 937-5449
www .amstock .com
i n d e p e n d e n t r e g i s t e r e d
p u b l iC aC C o u n t i n g f i r m
Ernst & Young LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
l e g a l C o u n s e l
Quarles & Brady LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
C o m m o n s t oC k l i s t i n g
New York Stock Exchange
Symbol: RXN
f o r m 1 0 -k r e p o r t
The company’s Fiscal 2013 Form 10-K
annual report has been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission .
A copy is included as part of this
Annual Report .
Todd A. Adams
President and Chief Executive Officer
Mark W. Peterson
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Praveen R. Jeyarajah
Executive Vice President -
Corporate and Business Development
d i r eC t o r s
George M. Sherman (b) (c) (d)*
Non-Executive Chairman, Rexnord
Todd A. Adams (d)
President and CEO, Rexnord
Mark S. Bartlett (a)*
Retired Partner, Ernst & Young LLP
Laurence M. Berg (b) (c)* (d)
Senior Partner, Apollo Management, LP
Thomas D. Christopoul (a)
Senior Managing Director,
Real Estate Group, Guggenheim Partners
Peter Copses (c)
Senior Partner, Apollo Management, LP
Damian J. Giangiacomo (b)* (d)
Managing Member, Nexus Consulting LLC
Steven Martinez
Senior Partner, Apollo Management, LP
John Stroup (a) (b)
President and CEO, Belden, Inc .
Committees of the Board
(a) Audit
(b) Compensation
(c) Nominating and Corporate Governance
(d) Executive
*Denotes Committee Chairman
Non-GAAP Financial Information In this annual report, we provide certain non-GAAP supplemental financial information that we believe is useful to our shareholders in assessing our performance.
Adjusted EBITDA is provided because it is a key metric used to measure our compliance with our financial covenants under our credit facility and the indenture governing our senior notes.
Management uses the other non-GAAP supplemental information to assess our ongoing financial performance because it provides additional insight into that performance by eliminating certain
unusual or non-recurring items that we do not believe are indicative of continuing trends. In considering this non-GAAP supplemental information, please refer to the explanations and reconciliations
provided or referenced in this annual report, including our fiscal 2013 Form 10-K.
C o n t e n t s
Letter to Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . 1
Business Platforms
Process & Motion Control . . . . 6
Water Management . . . . . . . . 7
Financial Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
C o r p o r a t e H e a d q u a r t e r s
Rexnord Corporation
4701 West Greenfield Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53214-5310
(414) 643-3000
w w w. r e x n o r d . c o m